WO2023011543A1 - 一种通信方法及装置 - Google Patents

一种通信方法及装置 Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2023011543A1
WO2023011543A1 PCT/CN2022/110026 CN2022110026W WO2023011543A1 WO 2023011543 A1 WO2023011543 A1 WO 2023011543A1 CN 2022110026 W CN2022110026 W CN 2022110026W WO 2023011543 A1 WO2023011543 A1 WO 2023011543A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
resource
field
resources
srs
bits
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/CN2022/110026
Other languages
English (en)
French (fr)
Inventor
刘晓晴
张永平
余政
李铁
Original Assignee
华为技术有限公司
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by 华为技术有限公司 filed Critical 华为技术有限公司
Publication of WO2023011543A1 publication Critical patent/WO2023011543A1/zh

Links

Images

Classifications

    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04B—TRANSMISSION
    • H04B7/00—Radio transmission systems, i.e. using radiation field
    • H04B7/02—Diversity systems; Multi-antenna system, i.e. transmission or reception using multiple antennas
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04L—TRANSMISSION OF DIGITAL INFORMATION, e.g. TELEGRAPHIC COMMUNICATION
    • H04L5/00—Arrangements affording multiple use of the transmission path
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04W—WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W72/00—Local resource management
    • H04W72/04—Wireless resource allocation
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04W—WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W72/00—Local resource management
    • H04W72/04—Wireless resource allocation
    • H04W72/044—Wireless resource allocation based on the type of the allocated resource
    • H04W72/0446—Resources in time domain, e.g. slots or frames
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04W—WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W72/00—Local resource management
    • H04W72/12—Wireless traffic scheduling
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04W—WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W72/00—Local resource management
    • H04W72/12—Wireless traffic scheduling
    • H04W72/121—Wireless traffic scheduling for groups of terminals or users
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04W—WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W72/00—Local resource management
    • H04W72/20—Control channels or signalling for resource management
    • H04W72/21—Control channels or signalling for resource management in the uplink direction of a wireless link, i.e. towards the network

Definitions

  • the embodiments of the present application relate to the field of wireless communication, and in particular, to a communication method and device.
  • the sounding reference signal (sounding reference signal, SRS) currently supports four functions including codebook-based uplink transmission, non-codebook-based uplink transmission, Beam management and antenna switching.
  • the network device can configure one or more SRS resource sets for the terminal device through high-level parameters, and the applicability of each SRS resource set is configured through high-level parameter usage.
  • usage includes four use cases of codebook (codebook, CB), non-codebook (nonCodebook, NCB), beam management (beamManagement, BM) and antenna switching (antennaSwitching, AS), respectively corresponding to the above four SRS can realize different functions.
  • codebook codebook
  • CB non-codebook
  • NCB nonCodebook
  • beam Management beam Management
  • antenna switching antenna switching
  • AS antenna switching
  • the number of antennas supported by a terminal device for simultaneously receiving signals is greater than or equal to the number of antennas for simultaneously sending signals.
  • the terminal device is provided with 2 or more antennas, and the terminal device supports 2 antennas to receive signals at the same time, and only one of the 2 antennas can transmit signals at a time.
  • This approach can also be understood as the terminal device having 1T2R capability. If the terminal supports some antennas to send signals at the same time, but does not support all antennas to send signals at the same time, in order to obtain full channel characteristics, it is necessary for the terminal device to introduce antenna switching (antenna switching) features.
  • antenna switching antenna switching
  • multiple antennas send SRS in turn. This enables the terminal device to complete the SRS transmission of all antennas within a period of time.
  • the terminal device may report the ability to support one or more xTyRs.
  • the network device may select one xTyR to configure the SRS resource set for the terminal device through radio resource control (radio resource control, RRC) signaling according to the capabilities of one or more xTyRs reported by the terminal device.
  • radio resource control radio resource control
  • the terminal device when the terminal device supports multiple xTyRs, the terminal device needs to save energy or the network device needs to obtain full channel information, the network device can only configure different xTyR SRS resource sets for the terminal device through RRC reconfiguration and other methods.
  • the switching delay of the xTyR configuration is relatively large, and there is a problem that the switching is not timely.
  • the embodiment of the present application provides a communication method and device to solve the problem that the xTyR configuration switching delay is relatively large and the switching is not timely.
  • an embodiment of the present application provides a communication method, the method including: acquiring first indication information, where the first indication information is used to indicate the activation/deactivation status of one or more reference signal RS resource sets, wherein
  • the activation/deactivation status of the one or more RS resource sets is any one of the following: in the one or more RS resource sets, N RS resource sets are activated, except for the N RS resource sets The other M RS resource sets are not activated; in the one or more RS resource sets, N RS resource sets are activated, and the M RS resource sets other than the N RS resources are deactivated; the In one or more RS resource sets, N RS resource sets are deactivated, and M RS resource sets other than the N RS resources are not deactivated; wherein the one or more RS resource sets include resource types The RS resource set set as semi-persistent and/or the resource type set as aperiodic RS resource set, the N and M are natural numbers; RS transmission is controlled according
  • the activation or deactivation of the semi-persistent RS resource set and/or the aperiodic RS resource set can be flexibly indicated, and the indication of flexible antenna switching can be realized, so as to avoid the problem that the xTyR configuration switching delay is large and the switching is not timely.
  • the first indication information includes a first field; the bit state of the first field is associated with the second field or the third field; or, the bit state of the first field is associated with the second field Some bits of the second field or some bits of the third field are associated.
  • the bit state of the first field belongs to a first bit state set, and the second field is used to indicate the activation/deactivation state of a RS resource set whose resource type is set to semi-persistent;
  • the bit state of the first field belongs to the second bit state set, and the third field or some bits of the third field are used to indicate the activation/deactivation state of one or more resource types set to aperiodic RS resource sets;
  • the bit state of the first field belongs to the second bit state set, and the third field or some bits of the third field are used to indicate that the resource type is set to aperiodic and the resource type is set to semi-persistent.
  • the activation/deactivation state of the resource set is used to indicate that the resource type is set to aperiodic and the resource type is set to semi-persistent.
  • the AP RS resource set can be grouped by using the same number of ports corresponding to each resource in the same AP RS resource set, and only the RS resource set in a certain RS resource set group is bitmap indicated.
  • the SP RS resource set and the AP RS resource set can be grouped to unify the configuration methods of the SP-RS and the AP-RS to save signaling.
  • the MAC signaling is used to carry the first indication information, it is also possible to avoid /SUL Duplicate configuration of two fields.
  • the first indication information includes a first field and a second field, and the bit state of the first field is associated with the second field; the first field is used to indicate the RS resource ID of a set group, the second field is used to indicate the activation/deactivation status of one or more RS resource sets in the RS resource set group.
  • bit state of the first field is associated with the second field, which means that the information indicated by the second field is determined according to the bit state of the first field.
  • a certain feature such as the number of ports, can be used to group AP RS resource sets and/or SP RS resource sets, and configure them uniformly to save signaling.
  • MAC signaling is used to carry the first indication information, Repeated configuration of the two fields of C/SUL can be avoided.
  • the RS resource set group includes one or more RS resource sets, and the RS resources included in the one or more RS resource sets are all composed of the same number of RS ports.
  • the first indication information includes a first field and a second field, and the bit state of the first field is associated with the second field; the first field is used to indicate the number of ports , the second field is used to indicate the activation/deactivation status of one or more RS resource sets, and the RS resources included in the one or more RS resource sets are all composed of RS ports of the port number.
  • the first indication information includes a first field and a second field; the first field is used to indicate the activation/deactivation of one or more RS resource sets whose resource type is set to semi-persistent Status: the second field is used to indicate the activation/deactivation status of one or more RS resource sets whose resource type is set to aperiodic.
  • the Oct of the SP SRS Activation/Deactivation MAC CE and the Enhanced SP/AP SRS Spatial Relation Indication MAC CE can be further designed to carry the first indication information, so as not to increase the overhead of these two MAC CEs
  • the flexible indication for the RS resource set is realized. For example, an indication of the activation or deactivation status of 1-2 SPRS resource sets and/or 1-4 APRS resource sets is realized.
  • the RS resources included in each RS resource set of the one or more reference signal RS resource sets are composed of the same number of RS ports. That is, RS resources included in the same RS resource set consist of the same number of RS ports. RS resources contained in different RS resource sets consist of the same number of RS ports, or consist of different numbers of RS ports.
  • the first indication information is determined by any one of the following media access control MAC subheaders: the code point of the logical channel identifier LCID or the MAC subheader with an index of 50; the enhanced logical channel identifier eLCID MAC sub-headers with a code point of 248 and an index of 312; MAC sub-headers with a code point of LCID greater than 255 and/or an index greater than 319.
  • an embodiment of the present application provides a communication method, the method including: acquiring first indication information, where the first indication information is used to indicate the activation/deactivation status of one or more reference signal RS resources, wherein the The activation/deactivation state of the one or more RS resources is any one of the following: among the one or more RS resources, N RS resources are activated, and the M RS resources other than the N RS resources RS resources are not activated; among the one or more RS resources, N RS resources are activated, and M RS resources other than the N RS resources are deactivated; among the one or more RS resources , N RS resources are deactivated, and M RS resources other than the N RS resources are not deactivated; the N and M are natural numbers; RS transmission is controlled according to the first indication information.
  • the activation or deactivation of the semi-persistent RS resource set and/or the aperiodic RS resource set can be flexibly indicated in the unit of RS resource, so as to realize the indication of flexible antenna switching, and avoid the large switching delay of xTyR configuration, and the switching is not timely The problem.
  • the first indication information is used to indicate that among one or more RS resources, N RS resources are activated, and M RS resources other than the N RS resources are not activated
  • the controlling RS transmission according to the first indication information includes: sending RS on the N RS resources according to the first indication information;
  • the first indication information is used to indicate that among one or more RS resources, N RS resources are activated, and M RS resources other than the N RS resources are deactivated.
  • An indication information to control the transmission of RSs including: according to the first indication information, sending RSs on the N RS resources, and stopping sending RSs corresponding to the M RS resources; or, using the first indication information
  • N RS resources are deactivated, M RS resources other than the N RS resources are not deactivated, and the RS transmission is controlled according to the first indication information , including: stopping sending RSs corresponding to the N RS resources.
  • the one or more RS resources are included in one RS resource set, and the resource type of the one RS resource set is set to semi-persistent; or, the one or more RS resources are included in an RS resource set or multiple RS resource sets, the resource type of the one or multiple RS resource sets is set to aperiodic; the one or multiple RS resource sets are included in multiple RS resource sets, and the multiple RS resource sets include resource types Set as aperiodic RS resource set and resource type as semi-persistent RS resource set.
  • any RS resource in the N RS resources consists of a first number of RS ports.
  • any RS resource is composed of a first number of RS ports, which means that any RS resource corresponds to the first number of RS ports; any RS resource is a resource for sending one RS, One RS corresponds to the first number of RS ports.
  • the first indication information includes L bits, different bits in the L bits are associated with different RS resources in the one or more RS resources, and the L bits One of the bits is used to indicate the activation/deactivation state of the RS resource associated with the bit, where L is a positive integer.
  • the association relationship between the L bits and the one or more RS resources is determined according to the RS resource ID of the RS resource and/or the RS resource set ID corresponding to the RS resource .
  • the RS resource set ID corresponding to the RS resource associated with the i-th bit among the L bits is smaller than the RS resource set ID corresponding to the RS resource associated with the i+1-th bit; or, The RS resource ID of the RS resource associated with the i-th bit among the L bits is smaller than the RS resource ID of the RS resource associated with the i+1-th bit; wherein, 1 ⁇ i ⁇ L, and i is an integer.
  • the RS resource set ID corresponding to the RS resource associated with the i-th bit among the L bits is greater than the RS resource set ID corresponding to the RS resource associated with the i+1-th bit; or, The RS resource ID of the RS resource associated with the i-th bit among the L bits is greater than the RS resource ID of the RS resource associated with the i+1-th bit; wherein, 1 ⁇ i ⁇ L, and i is an integer.
  • the RS resource set ID of the RS resource set where the RS resource type is set as semi-persistent is smaller than the RS resource set ID of the RS resource set where the RS resource type is set as aperiodic.
  • the first O bits of the L bits are used to indicate the activation/deactivation status of RS resources whose resource type is set to semi-persistent, and the last P bits are used to indicate that the resource type is set to non-persistent.
  • the activation/deactivation state of the periodic RS resource, the O and the P are natural numbers.
  • the first indication information includes a first field and a second field, and the bit state of the first field is associated with the second field; the first field is used to indicate the number of ports , the second field is used to indicate the activation/deactivation status of the RS resources in the set of one or more RS resources composed of the RS ports of the port number.
  • the first field includes M bits, and different bits in the M bits are associated with the one or more RS resource sets; or, the first field includes M bits, different bits in the M bits are associated with the one or more RS resources.
  • the first indication information is determined by any one of the following media access control MAC subheaders: the code point of the logical channel identifier LCID or the MAC subheader with an index of 50; the enhanced logical channel identifier eLCID MAC sub-headers with a code point of 248 and an index of 312; MAC sub-headers with a code point of LCID greater than 255 and/or an index greater than 319.
  • an embodiment of the present application provides a communication method, the method including: generating first indication information, where the first indication information is used to indicate the activation/deactivation status of one or more reference signal RS resource sets, wherein
  • the activation/deactivation status of the one or more RS resource sets is any one of the following: in the one or more RS resource sets, N RS resource sets are activated, except for the N RS resource sets The other M RS resource sets are not activated; in the one or more RS resource sets, N RS resource sets are activated, and the M RS resource sets other than the N RS resources are deactivated; the In one or more RS resource sets, N RS resource sets are deactivated, and M RS resource sets other than the N RS resources are not deactivated; wherein the one or more RS resource sets include resource types
  • the RS resource set is set as semi-persistent and/or the resource type is set as aperiodic RS resource set, the N and M are natural numbers; and the first indication
  • the first indication information includes a first field; the bit state of the first field is associated with the second field or the third field; or, the bit state of the first field is associated with the second field Some bits of the second field or some bits of the third field are associated.
  • the bit state of the first field belongs to a first bit state set, and the second field is used to indicate the activation/deactivation state of a RS resource set whose resource type is set to semi-persistent;
  • the bit state of the first field belongs to the second bit state set, and the third field or some bits of the third field are used to indicate the activation/deactivation state of one or more resource types set to aperiodic RS resource sets;
  • the bit state of the first field belongs to the second bit state set, and the third field or some bits of the third field are used to indicate that the resource type is set to aperiodic and the resource type is set to semi-persistent.
  • the activation/deactivation state of the resource set is used to indicate that the resource type is set to aperiodic and the resource type is set to semi-persistent.
  • the first indication information includes a first field and a second field, and the bit state of the first field is associated with the second field; the first field is used to indicate the RS resource ID of a set group, the second field is used to indicate the activation/deactivation status of one or more RS resource sets in the RS resource set group.
  • the RS resource set group includes one or more RS resource sets, and the RS resources included in the one or more RS resource sets are all composed of the same number of RS ports.
  • the first indication information includes a first field and a second field, and the bit state of the first field is associated with the second field; the first field is used to indicate the number of ports , the second field is used to indicate the activation/deactivation status of one or more RS resource sets, and the RS resources included in the one or more RS resource sets are all composed of RS ports of the port number.
  • the first indication information includes a first field and a second field; the first field is used to indicate the activation/deactivation of one or more RS resource sets whose resource type is set to semi-persistent Status: the second field is used to indicate the activation/deactivation status of one or more RS resource sets whose resource type is set to aperiodic.
  • the RS resources included in each RS resource set of the one or more reference signal RS resource sets are composed of the same number of RS ports.
  • the first indication information is determined by any one of the following media access control MAC subheaders: the code point of the logical channel identifier LCID or the MAC subheader with an index of 50; the enhanced logical channel identifier eLCID MAC sub-headers with a code point of 248 and an index of 312; MAC sub-headers with a code point of LCID greater than 255 and/or an index greater than 319.
  • an embodiment of the present application provides a communication method, the method including: generating first indication information, where the first indication information is used to indicate the activation/deactivation status of one or more reference signal RS resources, where the The activation/deactivation state of the one or more RS resources is any one of the following: among the one or more RS resources, N RS resources are activated, and the M RS resources other than the N RS resources RS resources are not activated; among the one or more RS resources, N RS resources are activated, and M RS resources other than the N RS resources are deactivated; among the one or more RS resources , N RS resources are deactivated, and M RS resources other than the N RS resources are not deactivated; the N and M are natural numbers; and the first indication information is sent.
  • the one or more RS resources are included in one RS resource set, and the resource type of the one RS resource set is set to semi-persistent; or, the one or more RS resources are included in an RS resource set or multiple RS resource sets, the resource type of the one or multiple RS resource sets is set to aperiodic; the one or multiple RS resource sets are included in multiple RS resource sets, and the multiple RS resource sets include resource types Set as aperiodic RS resource set and resource type as semi-persistent RS resource set.
  • any RS resource in the N RS resources consists of a first number of RS ports.
  • the first indication information includes L bits, different bits in the L bits are associated with different RS resources in the one or more RS resources, and the L bits One of the bits is used to indicate the activation/deactivation state of the RS resource associated with the bit, where L is a positive integer.
  • the association relationship between the L bits and the one or more RS resources is determined according to the RS resource ID of the RS resource and/or the RS resource set ID corresponding to the RS resource .
  • the RS resource set ID corresponding to the RS resource associated with the i-th bit among the L bits is smaller than the RS resource set ID corresponding to the RS resource associated with the i+1-th bit; or, The RS resource ID of the RS resource associated with the i-th bit among the L bits is smaller than the RS resource ID of the RS resource associated with the i+1-th bit; wherein, 1 ⁇ i ⁇ L, and i is an integer.
  • the RS resource set ID corresponding to the RS resource associated with the i-th bit among the L bits is greater than the RS resource set ID corresponding to the RS resource associated with the i+1-th bit; or, The RS resource ID of the RS resource associated with the i-th bit among the L bits is greater than the RS resource ID of the RS resource associated with the i+1-th bit; wherein, 1 ⁇ i ⁇ L, and i is an integer.
  • the RS resource set ID of the RS resource set where the RS resource type is set as semi-persistent is smaller than the RS resource set ID of the RS resource set where the RS resource type is set as aperiodic.
  • the first O bits of the L bits are used to indicate the activation/deactivation status of RS resources whose resource type is set to semi-persistent, and the last P bits are used to indicate that the resource type is set to non-persistent.
  • the activation/deactivation state of the periodic RS resource, the O and the P are natural numbers.
  • the first indication information includes a first field and a second field, and the bit state of the first field is associated with the second field; the first field is used to indicate the number of ports , the second field is used to indicate the activation/deactivation status of the RS resources in the set of one or more RS resources composed of the RS ports of the port number.
  • the first field includes M bits, and different bits in the M bits are associated with the one or more RS resource sets; or, the first field includes M bits, different bits in the M bits are associated with the one or more RS resources.
  • the first indication information is determined by any one of the following media access control MAC subheaders: the code point of the logical channel identifier LCID or the MAC subheader with an index of 50; the enhanced logical channel identifier eLCID MAC sub-headers with a code point of 248 and an index of 312; MAC sub-headers with a code point of LCID greater than 255 and/or an index greater than 319.
  • the embodiment of the present application provides a communication device, which has a method to realize the above-mentioned first aspect or any one of the possible design methods of the first aspect, or realize the above-mentioned second aspect or any one of the second aspect
  • the functions of the method in the possible designs may be realized by hardware, or by executing corresponding software by hardware.
  • the hardware or software includes one or more modules (or units) corresponding to the above functions, such as a transceiver unit and a processing unit.
  • the device may be a chip or an integrated circuit.
  • the device includes a memory and a processor, and the memory is used to store a program executed by the processor.
  • the program is executed by the processor, the device can perform any of the above-mentioned first aspect or the first aspect.
  • the device may be a terminal device.
  • the embodiment of the present application provides a communication device, which has a method in design to realize the above third aspect or any possible design of the third aspect, or realize the above fourth aspect or any one of the fourth aspect
  • the functions of the method in the possible designs may be realized by hardware, or by executing corresponding software by hardware.
  • the hardware or software includes one or more modules (or units) corresponding to the above functions, such as a transceiver unit and a processing unit.
  • the device may be a chip or an integrated circuit.
  • the device includes a memory and a processor, and the memory is used to store a program executed by the processor.
  • the program is executed by the processor, the device can perform any of the third aspect or the third aspect.
  • the device may be a network device.
  • the embodiment of the present application provides a communication system, the communication system includes a terminal device and a network device, and the terminal device can execute the method in the above-mentioned first aspect or any possible design of the first aspect,
  • the network device may execute the method in the third aspect or any possible design of the third aspect; or the terminal device may execute the method in the second aspect or any possible design of the second aspect , the network device may execute the method in any possible design of the fourth aspect or the fourth aspect.
  • the embodiments of the present application provide a computer-readable storage medium, in which computer programs or instructions are stored, and when the computer programs or instructions are executed by a communication device, the above-mentioned first aspect or the first aspect can be realized.
  • the method described in any possible design of one aspect, or realize the method described in any possible design of the above second aspect or the second aspect, or realize the above third aspect or any of the third aspects The method described in one possible design, or the method described in any possible design for realizing the fourth aspect or the fourth aspect.
  • the embodiment of the present application also provides a computer program product, including computer programs or instructions, when the computer programs or instructions are executed by the communication device, any possible design of the above-mentioned first aspect or the first aspect can be realized
  • a computer program product including computer programs or instructions, when the computer programs or instructions are executed by the communication device.
  • the embodiment of the present application also provides a chip, the chip is coupled with the memory, and is used to read and execute the program or instruction stored in the memory to realize the above first aspect or any possibility of the first aspect
  • the method described in the design, or the method described in the second aspect or any possible design of the second aspect, or the third aspect or any possible design of the third aspect The method described above, or the method described in implementing the fourth aspect or any possible design of the fourth aspect.
  • FIG. 1A and FIG. 1B are schematic diagrams of a communication system provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 2 is a schematic diagram of the aperiodic SRS transmission time provided by the embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 3 is a schematic diagram of UE antenna configuration provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • Fig. 4A and Fig. 4B are the existing MAC CE schematic diagram that the embodiment of the present application provides;
  • FIG. 5 is a schematic diagram of 2T4R and 1T2R antennas provided in the embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 6 is a schematic diagram of a communication method provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 7 is one of the schematic diagrams of the RRC configuration SRS resource set provided by the embodiment of the present application.
  • Fig. 8 is one of the schematic diagrams of the format and indication content of the MAC CE signaling that the embodiment of the present application provides;
  • Figure 9A and Figure 9B are the second schematic diagram of the format and indication content of the MAC CE signaling provided by the embodiment of the present application.
  • Figure 10 is the third schematic diagram of the format and indication content of the MAC CE signaling provided by the embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 11 is the second schematic diagram of the RRC configuration SRS resource set provided by the embodiment of the present application.
  • Figure 12 is one of the schematic diagrams of the indication content of the MAC CE signaling provided by the embodiment of the present application.
  • Figure 13 is the second schematic diagram of the indication content of the MAC CE signaling provided by the embodiment of the present application.
  • Figure 14 is the third schematic diagram of the indication content of the MAC CE signaling provided by the embodiment of the present application.
  • Figure 15 is the fourth schematic diagram of the indication content of the MAC CE signaling provided by the embodiment of the present application.
  • Figure 16 is the fourth schematic diagram of the format and indication content of the MAC CE signaling provided by the embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 17 is a schematic diagram of another communication method provided by the embodiment of the present application.
  • Figure 18 is the fifth schematic diagram of the format and indication content of the MAC CE signaling provided by the embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 19 is the third schematic diagram of the RRC configuration SRS resource set provided by the embodiment of the present application.
  • Figure 20 is the sixth schematic diagram of the format and indication content of the MAC CE signaling provided by the embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 21 is the fourth schematic diagram of the RRC configuration SRS resource set provided by the embodiment of the present application.
  • Figure 22 is the fifth schematic diagram of the indication content of the MAC CE signaling provided by the embodiment of the present application.
  • Figure 23 is the sixth schematic diagram of the indication content of the MAC CE signaling provided by the embodiment of the present application.
  • Figure 24 is the seventh schematic diagram of the indication content of the MAC CE signaling provided by the embodiment of the present application.
  • Figure 25 is the eighth schematic diagram of the indication content of the MAC CE signaling provided by the embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 26 is one of the schematic diagrams of the communication device provided by the embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 27 is the second schematic diagram of the communication device provided by the embodiment of the present application.
  • the technical solution of the embodiment of the present application can be applied to various communication systems, such as: global system of mobile communication (global system of mobile communication, GSM) system, code division multiple access (code division multiple access, CDMA) system, broadband code division multiple access (wideband code division multiple access, WCDMA) system, general packet radio service (general packet radio service, GPRS), long term evolution (long term evolution, LTE) system, LTE frequency division duplex (frequency division duplex, FDD) system, LTE Time division duplex (time division duplex, TDD), universal mobile communication system (univeRMal mobile telecommunications system, UMTS), global interconnection microwave access (worldwide interoperability for microwave access, WiMAX) communication system, fifth generation (5th generation, 5G) Mobile communication system or new radio (new radio, NR), etc.
  • the 5G mobile communication system described in this application includes non-standalone (non-standalone, NSA) 5G mobile communication system and/or independent network (standalone, SA ) 5G mobile communication system.
  • the technical solution provided by this application can also be applied to future communication systems, such as the sixth generation mobile communication system.
  • the communication system may also be a public land mobile network (PLMN) network, a device-to-device (D2D) network, a machine-to-machine (M2M) network, an IoT network or other networks .
  • PLMN public land mobile network
  • D2D device-to-device
  • M2M machine-to-machine
  • IoT IoT network
  • FIG. 1A shows the architecture of a communication system to which the communication method provided by the embodiment of the present application is applicable.
  • the communication system may include a network device 110 and one or more terminal devices 120 .
  • the network device and the terminal device can work on a new radio (new radio, NR) communication system, and the terminal device can communicate with the network device through the NR communication system.
  • the network device and the terminal device may also work on other communication systems, which is not limited in this embodiment of the present application. in:
  • the network device 110 is a device deployed in a radio access network to provide a wireless communication function for a terminal device.
  • Network equipment may include various forms of macro base stations, micro base stations (also called small stations), relay stations, access points, and the like.
  • the names of network devices may be different, such as base transceiver stations (BTS) in GSM or CDMA networks, Node B (Node B, NB), eNB or evolved Node B (evolved Node B, eNB) in LTE.
  • the network device may also be a wireless controller in a cloud radio access network (cloud radio access network, CRAN) scenario.
  • the network device may also be a base station device in a future 5G network or a network device in a future evolved PLMN network.
  • a network device can also be a wearable device or an in-vehicle device.
  • Network devices can also send and receive nodes (transmission and reception point, TRP).
  • the device for realizing the function of the network device may be a network device; it may also be a device capable of supporting the network device to realize the function, such as a chip system, and the device may be installed in the network device.
  • the technical solutions provided by the embodiments of the present application are described by taking the apparatus for realizing the functions of the network equipment as network equipment and taking the network equipment as a base station as an example.
  • the terminal device 120 which can also be referred to as a terminal, can be a device with a wireless transceiver function, which can be deployed on land, including a handheld device with a wireless communication function, a vehicle-mounted device, a wearable device, a computing device or connected to a wireless Other processing equipment of the modem; can also be deployed on the water (such as ships, etc.); can also be deployed in the air (such as aircraft, balloons and satellites, etc.).
  • the terminal can be a mobile station (mobile station, MS), a subscriber unit (subscriber unit), a cellular phone (cellular phone), a smart phone (smart phone), a wireless data card, a personal digital assistant (personal digital assistant, PDA) computer, a tablet Computer, wireless modem (modem), handheld device (handset), laptop computer (laptop computer), machine type communication (Machine Type Communication, MTC) terminal, etc.
  • the terminal device may be user equipment (user equipment, UE), where the UE includes a handheld device, a vehicle-mounted device, a wearable device, or a computing device with a wireless communication function.
  • the UE may be a mobile phone (mobile phone), a tablet computer or a computer with a wireless transceiver function.
  • the terminal device can also be a virtual reality (virtual reality, VR) terminal device, an augmented reality (augmented reality, AR) terminal device, a wireless terminal in industrial control, a wireless terminal in unmanned driving, a wireless terminal in telemedicine, a smart Wireless terminals in power grids, wireless terminals in smart cities, wireless terminals in smart homes, etc.
  • the device for realizing the function of the terminal may be a terminal; it may also be a device capable of supporting the terminal to realize the function, such as a chip system, and the device may be installed in the terminal.
  • the system-on-a-chip may be composed of chips, or may include chips and other discrete devices.
  • the technical solutions provided by the embodiments of the present application are described by taking the terminal as an example in which the device for realizing the functions of the terminal is a terminal and the terminal is a UE.
  • the technical solutions provided by the embodiments of the present application may be applied to wireless communication between communication devices.
  • the wireless communication between communication devices may include: wireless communication between a network device and a terminal device, wireless communication between a network device and a network device, and wireless communication between a terminal device and a terminal device.
  • wireless communication may also be referred to as "communication” for short, and the term “communication” may also be described as "data transmission", “information transmission” or “transmission”.
  • Communication devices may use air interface resources to perform wireless communication, and the air interface resources may include at least one of time domain resources, frequency domain resources, code resources, and space resources.
  • FIG. 1B is a schematic diagram of the communication system used in this application, such as point-to-point transmission between the base station and UE or between UE, multiple communication between base station and UE Scenarios such as hop/relay (relay) transmission, dual connectivity (dual connectivity, DC) or multiple connections between multiple base stations and UEs.
  • 110 in FIG. 1B refers to a network device (such as a base station)
  • 120 refers to a terminal device (such as a UE).
  • 1B is only exemplary and does not limit the network architecture applicable to the present invention, and the present invention does not Restrict uplink, downlink, access link, backhaul (backhaul) link, sidelink (sidelink) and other transmissions.
  • the solution of this application is applicable to many scenarios, including but not limited to layered data coding in extended reality (extended reality, XR) business.
  • the time-domain symbols may be Orthogonal Frequency Division Multiplexing (OFDM) symbols, or Discrete Fourier Transform-spread-OFDM (Discrete Fourier Transform-spread-OFDM) symbols. , DFT-s-OFDM) symbols. Unless otherwise specified, the symbols in the embodiments of the present application refer to time-domain symbols.
  • OFDM Orthogonal Frequency Division Multiplexing
  • Discrete Fourier Transform-spread-OFDM Discrete Fourier Transform-spread-OFDM
  • DFT-s-OFDM DFT-s-OFDM
  • an NR SRS resource set can be configured as a periodic sounding reference signal (Periodic SRS, P-SRS), semi-persistent sounding reference signal (Semi-persistent SRS, SP- SRS) and aperiodic sounding reference signal (Aperiodic SRS, AP-SRS) three time-domain behavior modes.
  • Period SRS periodic sounding reference signal
  • SRS semi-persistent sounding reference signal
  • SP- SRS semi-persistent sounding reference signal
  • Aperiodic SRS, AP-SRS aperiodic sounding reference signal
  • the time slot format of NR includes downlink symbols, uplink symbols and flexible symbols, and SRS can only be sent on uplink symbols or flexible symbols.
  • the base station configures and transmits the number of consecutive orthogonal frequency division multiplexing (OFDM) symbols of each SRS resource for each SRS resource through resource mapping (resourceMapping) of the high-level parameters and the number of symbols that the resource occupies in the triggered time slot. start symbol position.
  • OFDM orthogonal frequency division multiplexing
  • resourceMapping resource mapping of the high-level parameters and the number of symbols that the resource occupies in the triggered time slot. start symbol position.
  • each SRS resource will be configured with a slot-level period and a slot-level offset, and the UE will repeatedly send the SRS according to the period.
  • each SRS resource will also be configured with a slot-level cycle and a slot-level offset, and send activation or deactivation through a medium access control-control element (MAC CE) command, when the semi-persistent SRS is activated, the UE will periodically send the SRS until it receives a deactivation command.
  • MAC CE medium access control-control element
  • the base station will define a slot-level offset for each SRS resource set through the high-level parameter slot offset (slotOffset), when the UE receives a downlink control information (downlink control information) for downlink scheduling , DCI), or group common (group common) DCI or uplink scheduling DCI, there is at least one state in the SRS request (SRS request) field of the DCI to trigger one or more configured SRS resource sets.
  • SRS request field has 2 bits, and the specific definition is shown in Table 1.
  • the high layer parameter sounding reference signal transmission power control downlink control channel group (srs-TPC-PDCCH-Group) can be set to "type A (typeA)” or "type B (typeB)”.
  • high layer parameter aperiodic sounding reference signal resource trigger (aperiodicSRS-ResourceTrigger) or high layer parameter aperiodic sounding reference signal
  • the resource trigger list (aperiodicSRS-ResourceTriggerList) can be configured as 1, 2 or 3, defining that each candidate value corresponds to a trigger state, and each AP-SRS resource set is configured as one of the above three trigger states.
  • the sending position of the AP-SRS is the sum of the time slot (slot n in Figure 2) and slotoffset (k in Figure 2) where the DCI used to trigger the SRS is located, as shown in Figure 2.
  • the AP-SRS resource set is triggered in units of resource sets. Therefore, the high-level parameters slotOffset, aperiodicSRS-ResourceTrigger and aperiodicSRS-ResourceTriggerList are configured in units of resource sets.
  • the sending position of each SRS resource is configured by the base station through the high-level parameter resourceMapping, specifically, the number of consecutive OFDM symbols configured by the high-level parameter resourceMapping and the starting symbol position occupied by the resource in the triggered time slot.
  • the downlink channel quality can be obtained according to the SRS by using the mutual difference. It should be noted that this feature needs to probe all UE antennas to obtain full channel features.
  • a UE may be configured to support higher data rates in the downlink than in the uplink.
  • a UE may be configured with one transmit chain and two receive chains to support different data rates.
  • the UE has different uplink and downlink antenna capabilities, and usually the number of uplink antennas is less than or equal to the number of downlink antennas.
  • the uplink and downlink antenna capabilities refer to the ability to simultaneously transmit (uplink) or receive (downlink). ), the number of downlink antennas is 2 (antenna port 0 and antenna port 1).
  • the uplink channel that can be measured according to the uplink sounding signal can be expressed as:
  • axy may represent an uplink channel corresponding to antenna y on the UE side and antenna x on the base station side.
  • the corresponding downlink channel that can be obtained can be expressed as:
  • bxy may represent the downlink channel corresponding to the antenna x on the base station side and the antenna y on the UE side.
  • the complete downlink channel that actually needs to be measured is:
  • the UE may transmit an SRS from a first antenna during a first SRS transmission opportunity, and transmit an SRS from a second antenna during a second SRS transmission opportunity.
  • SRS is used to measure downlink channel quality according to channel mutuality.
  • the UE's transmission of the SRS depends on signaling information, such as RRC connection setting, RRC connection reconfiguration, etc., that is, the base station notifies the UE of the SRS configuration through these RRC information.
  • the SRS is configured in an information element (information element, IE) SRS-configuration (Config).
  • IE information element
  • SRS-Resources SRS resources
  • SRS-ResourceSets SRS resource sets
  • Each SRS resource set defines a set of SRS-Resources.
  • the network uses the configured parameter aperiodicSRS-ResourceTrigger to trigger the transmission of a set of (aperiodic) SRS-Resources through DCI.
  • the UE can be configured with one or more SRS resource sets through the high-level parameter SRS-ResourceSet, and each SRS resource set is configured with an identifier (ID) through the high-level parameter srs-ResourceSetId.
  • ID an identifier
  • the UE may be configured with K ⁇ 1 SRS resources, where the maximum value of K is indicated by the UE capability.
  • the UE can only be configured as one of the following configurations:
  • each SRS resource in a resource set consists of a single SRS port, and the UE antenna port associated with the SRS port of the second resource in the resource set is different from the UE antenna port associated with the SRS port of the first resource.
  • Each SRS resource in a resource set consists of two SRS ports, and the UE antenna port pair associated with the SRS port pair of the second resource in the resource set is the UE antenna port pair associated with the SRS port pair of the first resource different.
  • each resource set is configured with 4 SRSs resources, and each resource corresponds to a different symbol.
  • Each SRS resource in a resource set consists of a single SRS port, and the UE antenna ports associated with the SRS ports of each resource are different.
  • 0 or 2 SRS resource sets with the value of the resourceType of the upper layer parameter set to "aperiodic" (time domain behavior is aperiodic).
  • a total of 4 SRS resources are configured in the 2 resource sets, and these 4 resources correspond to different symbols in 2 different time slots.
  • the UE antenna ports associated with the SRS ports of each resource in the two given resource sets are different.
  • Two SRS resources can be configured in two resource sets respectively, or one SRS resource can be configured in one resource set and three SRS resources can be configured in the other resource set.
  • the values of the trigger parameter aperiodicSRS-ResourceTrigger or AperiodicSRS-ResourceTriggerList of the two resource sets are the same, and the time slot offset parameter slotOffset is different.
  • each resource set contains one resource, and the number of SRS ports of each resource corresponds to 1, 2, or 4 respectively.
  • SP SRS activation/deactivation Activation/Deactivation
  • enhanced SP/AP SRS spatial relationship indication Enhanced SP /AP SRS Spatial Relation Indication
  • SP SRS Activation/Deactivation MAC CE is used to indicate the activation or deactivation of the semi-persistent SRS resource set, and is identified by the logical channel index (logical channel index, LCID) in the MAC subheader being 50, as shown in the existing protocol in Table 2
  • A/D field used to indicate whether the indicated SP SRS resource set is activated or deactivated. When this field is set to 1, it indicates activation; otherwise, it indicates deactivation.
  • the field length is 1 bit.
  • SRS Resource Set's Cell ID (SRS Resource Set's Cell ID): used to indicate the ID of the serving cell where the SP SRS resource set to be activated/deactivated is located.
  • C field When the C field is set to 0, this field is also used to indicate the serving cell ID, and the serving cell contains all resources indicated by the Resource IDi field.
  • the field length is 5 bits.
  • SRS Resource Set BWP ID (SRS Resource Set's BWP ID): used to indicate the uplink BWP where the SP SRS resource set to be activated/deactivated is located.
  • C field When the C field is set to 0, this field is also used to indicate the BWP ID, and the BWP contains all resources indicated by the Resource IDi field.
  • the field length is 2 bits.
  • C It is used to indicate whether the Resource Serving Cell ID field and the Resource BWP ID field exist. When the C field is set to 1, both the Resource Serving Cell ID field and the Resource BWP ID field exist; otherwise, the Resource Serving Cell ID field and the Resource BWP ID field do not exist.
  • the field length is 1 bit.
  • SUL It is used to indicate whether the MAC CE is applied to a normal uplink (Normal Uplink, NUL) carrier configuration or a supplementary uplink (Supplementary Uplink, SUL) carrier configuration.
  • This field is set to 1, indicating that the MAC CE is applied to the SUL carrier configuration; this field is set to 0, indicating that the MAC CE is applied to the NUL carrier configuration.
  • the field length is 1 bit.
  • SP SRS Resource Set ID used to indicate the activated or deactivated SP SRS resource set ID, which is configured by the high-layer parameter SRS-ResourceSetId.
  • the value range of SRS-ResourceSetId is 1 to 15, and the length of this field is 4 bits.
  • the reference signal resource is used to indicate the spatial relationship of the SRS resource, wherein the SRS resource is included in the SP SRS resource set indicated by the SP SRS Resource Set ID field.
  • F 0 is associated with the first resource in the SRS resource set
  • F 1 is associated with the second resource in the SRS resource set, and so on.
  • This field is set to 1, indicating that a non-zero-power channel state information reference signal (Non-Zero-Power Channel State Information Reference Signal, NZP CSI-RS) resource index is used as a reference signal; this field is set to 0, indicating that the synchronization signal block ( A Synchronization Signal Block (SSB) index or an SRS resource index is used as a reference signal.
  • the field length is 1 bit. This field exists only when the MAC CE is used to indicate activation.
  • the field length is 7 bits. This field exists only when the MACCE is used to indicate activation. The first bit of this field is the identification bit.
  • the first bit of this field is set to 1, indicating that the remaining bits of this field contain the ID SSB-Index of the SSB; when F i is set to 0 , the first bit of this field is set to 0, indicating that the remaining bits of this field contain the SRS ID SRS-ResourceId.
  • Resource Serving Cell ID i used to indicate the ID of the serving cell where the reference signal resource of the SRS resource i is located.
  • the field length is 5 bits.
  • BWP ID i used to indicate the BWP ID where the reference signal resource of SRS resource i is located.
  • the field length is 2 bits.
  • Enhanced SP/AP SRS Spatial Relation Indication MAC CE is used to indicate the spatial relationship of a semi-persistent SRS resource set or aperiodic SRS resource set, and can also be used to indicate the activation or deactivation of a semi-persistent SRS resource set, determined by the MAC subheader Enhanced LCID (eLCID) for identification, as shown in Table 3, the eLCID value (part) of the lower DL-SCH in the existing protocol.
  • eLCID Enhanced LCID
  • A/D field used to indicate whether the indicated SP SRS resource set is activated or deactivated. When this field is set to 1, it indicates activation; otherwise, it indicates deactivation.
  • the field length is 1 bit.
  • SRS Resource Set ID used to indicate the SP/AP SRS resource set ID, which is configured by the high-level parameter SRS-ResourceSetId.
  • the value range of SRS-ResourceSetId is 1 to 15, and the length of this field is 4 bits.
  • the field length is 8 bits. This field exists only when the MAC CE is used to indicate the activation of the SP SRS resource set or the AP SRS resource set. The first bit of this field is an identification bit, and when F i is set to 0, the first bit of this field is always set to 0.
  • the second bit of this field is set to 1, indicating that the remaining bits of this field contain the ID SSB-Index of the SSB; when F i is set to 0, the second bit of this field is set to 0 Indicates that the remaining bits of this field contain the SRS ID SRS-ResourceId.
  • the UE can report the UE capability supporting one or more 'xTyR', so as to achieve better UE energy saving and network configuration flexibility. Therefore, the UE will report one of the following UE capabilities: 't1r2', 't1r1-t1r2', 't2r4', 't1r4', 't1r1-t1r2-t1r4', 't1r4-t2r4', 't1r1-t1r2- t2r2-t2r4', 't1r1-t1r2-t2r2-t1r4-t2r4', 't1r1', 't2r2', 't1r1-t2r2', 't4r4', 't1r1-t2r2-t4r4'.
  • 't1r2' means 1T2R, which supports 1 transmit antenna port and 2 receive antenna ports, that is, the UE has a total of 2 antenna ports, with a maximum of 1 antenna port for transmission at a time, and a maximum of 2 antenna ports for reception at a time .
  • 't2r4' means 2T4R, that is, the UE supports 2 transmit antenna ports and 4 receive antenna ports.
  • 't1r4' means 1T4R, that is, the UE supports 1 transmit antenna port and 4 receive antenna ports.
  • 't1r4-t2r4' means 1T4R/2T4R, that is, the UE supports 1 transmit antenna port and 4 receive antenna ports, or 2 transmit antenna ports and 4 receive antenna ports.
  • the UE only needs to map each SRS to a power amplifier (power amplifier, PA) such as PA1, which can save power, but this
  • PA power amplifier
  • the UE needs to map each SRS to two PAs (PA1 and PA2).
  • PA1 and PA2 the UE consumes a lot of power, but it can measure the channels, namely H1 and H2, to avoid channel information loss.
  • the base station can only configure one xTyR for the UE through RRC signaling each time.
  • the base station can only configure different xTyRs for the UE through RRC reconfiguration.
  • This application mainly solves the problem of how to realize flexible antenna configuration and reduce the switching delay when the terminal equipment (such as UE) reports more than one xTyR capability for the SRS with the antenna switching function.
  • the terminal equipment such as UE
  • the terminal equipment reports more than one xTyR capability for the SRS with the antenna switching function.
  • the SRS resource set configured in the RRC is realized, and part of the SRS resource set (or part of the SRS resource) is activated through the MAC CE, thereby realizing flexible Antenna switching configuration.
  • B corresponding to A means that B is associated with A, and B can be determined according to A.
  • determining B according to A does not mean determining B only according to A, and B may also be determined according to A and/or other information.
  • the ordinal numerals such as “first” and “second” mentioned in the embodiments of the present application are used to distinguish multiple objects, and are not used to limit the order, timing, priority or priority of multiple objects. Importance.
  • the "plurality” referred to in this application means two or more.
  • information, signal, message, and channel may sometimes be used interchangeably. It should be noted that when the differences are not emphasized, the meanings they intend to express are consistent. “ ⁇ (of)”, “corresponding (corresponding, relevant)” and “corresponding (corresponding)” can sometimes be used interchangeably. It should be pointed out that when the difference is not emphasized, the meanings they intend to express are consistent.
  • the reference signal (reference signal, RS) involved in the embodiment of the present application may include but not limited to, uplink RS or downlink RS, for example, channel state information reference signal (channel state information reference signal, CSI -RS), synchronous signal/PBCH block (SSB), sounding reference signal (sounding reference signal, SRS), demodulation reference signal (demodulation reference signal, DMRS), phase tracking reference signal (phase tracking reference signal, PTRS), tracking reference signal (tracking reference signal, TRS), etc.
  • the reference signal involved in the embodiment of the present application may also be some kind of reference signal in the future mobile communication system, which is not limited in the present application. The following examples are only described by taking the reference signal as an SRS as an example.
  • the transmission of SRS is equivalent to the transmission of SRS resources
  • the transmission of SRS resource sets is also equivalent to the transmission of SRS contained in the SRS resource sets
  • the transmission of SRS is equivalent to the transmission of SRS resources.
  • the transmission of SRS resources is also equivalent, and this description is also applicable to similar expressions in the embodiments of the present application, which will be described collectively here, and will not be described in detail later.
  • the SRS is used for antenna switching, which means that the high-level parameter usage of the SRS resource set is set to antenna switching.
  • the high layer parameter usage of the SRS resource set where the SRS resource corresponding to the SRS is located is set to antenna switching.
  • the high-level signaling or high-level signaling configuration information may be radio resource control (radio resource control, RRC), or medium access control control unit (medium access control-control element , MAC CE)), etc.
  • RRC radio resource control
  • MAC CE medium access control control unit
  • the high-layer parameters are configured by high-layer signaling, for example, the high-layer parameters are indicated by the RRC, or the high-layer parameters are configured by the RRC.
  • triggering an RS resource set is equivalent to triggering an aperiodic RS.
  • the high-level configuration signaling may be radio resource control (radio resource control, RRC), or MAC CE, and so on.
  • RRC radio resource control
  • MAC CE MAC CE
  • the resource type of the RS resource set may be set to be periodic, or semi-persistent, or aperiodic.
  • the resource type of the RS resource set is set to semi-persistent, which is equivalent to the RS resource set being a semi-persistent RS resource set, or the RS resources in the RS resource set are semi-persistent RS resources, or the RS resources in the RS resource set are semi-persistent It is semi-persistent, or the high-level parameter resourcetype corresponding to the RS resource set is semi-persistent.
  • the resource type of the RS resource set is set to aperiodic, which is equivalent to that the RS resource set is an aperiodic RS resource set, or the RS resources in the RS resource set are aperiodic RS resources, or the RS resources in the RS resource set are non-periodic RS resources.
  • Periodic, or, the high-level parameter resourcetype corresponding to the RS resource set is aperiodic.
  • the resource type of the RS resource set is set to periodic, which is equivalent to the RS resource set being a periodic RS resource set, or the RS resources in the RS resource set are periodic RS resources, or the RS resources in the RS resource set are periodic
  • the high-level parameter resourcetype corresponding to the RS resource set is periodic.
  • the activation/deactivation state of the SRS resource set refers to that the SRS resource set is activated or the SRS resource set is deactivated.
  • the indication information is used to indicate the activation/deactivation state of the SRS resource set, which means that when the indication information belongs to the first state set, it indicates that the SRS resource set is activated; when the indication information belongs to the second state set, it indicates that the SRS resource set is deactivated.
  • the activation/deactivation state is a noun.
  • the first indication information is used to indicate the activation/deactivation status of one or more reference signal RS resource sets, which means that the status value of the first indication information is the first value, indicating one or more reference signal RS resource sets or, the first indication information is used to activate one or more reference signal RS resource sets; the state value of the first indication information is the second value, indicating the deactivation status of one or more reference signal RS resource sets , or, the first indication information is used to deactivate one or more reference signal RS resource sets.
  • the first value and the second value correspond to different state values, for example, the first value is 1, and the second value is 0.
  • the activation/deactivation state may be called an activation state, or a selection state, or activation/deactivation.
  • the resource type is set to be semi-persistent RS resource set and semi-persistent RS resource set are equivalent; the resource type is set to semi-persistent RS resource set and the resource type is semi-persistent RS The resource set is equivalent; the RS resource set whose resource type is set to semi-persistent means that each RS resource in the RS resource set is a semi-persistent RS resource, or the resource type of each RS resource in the RS resource set is semi-persistent.
  • the first field, or the second field, or the third field may include one field, or may include two or more fields. That is to say, the first field, or the second field, or the third field may contain one or more subfields, or in other words, the first field, or the second field, or the third field may contain one or more fields.
  • the field is 1, which is equivalent to the bit state of the field being 1, or the field is set to 1, or the value of the field is 1.
  • the bit state of the first field is associated with the second field, which refers to determining the information indicated by the second field according to the state value of the first field, or refers to,
  • the interpretation mode of the second field is determined according to the state value of the first field.
  • the activation/deactivation state of the SRS resource set refers to the activation/deactivation state of all SRS resources in the SRS resource set. For example, an SRS resource set is activated, and all RS resources in the SRS resource set are activated. In another example, when the SRS resource set is deactivated, all RS resources in the SRS resource set are deactivated.
  • Fig. 6 is a schematic diagram of a communication method provided by an embodiment of the present application, the method includes:
  • S601 The network device sends first indication information to the terminal device.
  • the first indication information is used to indicate the activation/deactivation status of one or more SRS resource sets
  • the one or more RS resource sets include an SRS resource set whose resource type is set to semi-persistent (Semi-persistent, SP) and/or The resource type is set to an aperiodic (Aperiodic, AP) SRS resource set.
  • the SRS resource set whose resource type is set to SP may also be called an SP SPS resource set
  • the SRS resource set whose resource type is set to AP may also be called an AP SPS resource set.
  • the first indication information is MAC CE, or the first indication information is information indicated by the MAC CE, or the first indication information is included in the MAC CE.
  • the activation/deactivation state of one or more SRS resource sets is any one of the following:
  • N SRS resource sets are activated, and M SRS resource sets other than the N SRS resource sets are not activated;
  • N SRS resource sets are activated, and M SRS resource sets other than the N SRS resources are deactivated;
  • N SRS resource sets are deactivated, and M SRS resource sets other than the N SRS resource sets are not deactivated, and N and M are natural numbers.
  • the one or more SRS resource sets include M+N SRS resource sets.
  • the one or more SRS resource sets are configured by high-layer configuration signaling, for example, the high-layer signaling RRC includes one or more high-layer parameters SRS-ResourceSet, wherein each SRS-ResourceSet corresponds to one SRS resource set.
  • the terminal device controls the transmission of the SRS according to the first indication information.
  • the network device can configure one or more SRS resource sets for the terminal device through high-layer configuration signaling, such as RRC signaling, such as configuring one or more SP SRS resource sets for the terminal device, or one or more Multiple AP SRS resource sets, or one or more SP SRS resource sets and one or more AP SRS resource sets.
  • high-layer configuration signaling such as RRC signaling
  • RRC signaling such as configuring one or more SP SRS resource sets for the terminal device, or one or more Multiple AP SRS resource sets, or one or more SP SRS resource sets and one or more AP SRS resource sets.
  • the SRS resource set is used for antenna switching (for example, the high-level parameter usage is configured as antennaSwitching), or the SRS resource set is used for beam management (for example, the high-level parameter usage is configured as beamManagement), or the SRS resource set is used for Codebook-based uplink data transmission (for example, the high-level parameter usage is configured as codebook), or the SRS resource set is used for non-codebook-based uplink data transmission (for example, the high-level parameter usage is configured as nonCodebook), or the SRS resource set is used for positioning.
  • the specific implementation of the present application will be described below by taking the SRS resource set used for antenna switching as an example. However, it should be noted that the solution of this application is also applicable to RS resource sets with other functions.
  • the terminal device when the terminal device supports more than one xTyR capability, the terminal device can report the more than one xTyR capability supported by itself to the network device, and the network device, according to the xTyR capability reported by the terminal device, through the upper layer Configure signaling to send one or more SRS resource sets to the terminal device, where the one or more SRS resource sets can be multiple SP SRS resource sets, or multiple AP SRS resource sets, or one or more SP SRS resource sets resource set and one or more AP SRS resource sets.
  • the network device can configure one SP SRS resource set and two APs to the terminal device through high-level configuration signaling SRS resource set.
  • SRS resource there are two SRS resources configured in the SP SRS resource, and the two SRS resources correspond to different symbols.
  • Each SRS resource is composed of 4 separate SRS ports (ports).
  • the SRS port of the second SRS resource in the SRS resource set The pair of antenna ports associated with the terminal device is different from the pair of antenna ports of the terminal device associated with the SRS port pair of the first SRS resource.
  • Each AP SRS resource set is configured with two SRS resources, and the two SRS resources correspond to different symbols.
  • Each SRS resource in an SRS resource set consists of two SRS ports.
  • the SRS of the second SRS resource in the SRS resource set The terminal device antenna port pair associated with the port pair is different from the terminal device antenna port pair associated with the SRS port pair of the first SRS resource.
  • the configured trigger state can be the same, that is, the high-level parameter aperiodicSRS corresponding to the AP SRS resource set At least one item in -ResourceTrigger or aperiodicSRS-ResourceTriggerList is the same.
  • the terminal device can use the code point of the LCID from the network device or the MAC sub-header with the index of 50 (such as SP SRS Activation/Deactivation MAC CE) or the MAC sub-header with the code point of the eLCID of 248 and the index of 312 Header (such as Enhanced SP/AP SRS Spatial Relation Indication MAC CE) to determine the corresponding MAC CE, of course, can also be LCID code point greater than 255 and/or index greater than 319 MAC sub-header, that is, other types of MAC CE to determine Sure. That is to say, the first indication information is included in the MAC CE, or the MAC CE indicates the first indication information.
  • the code point of the LCID from the network device or the MAC sub-header with the index of 50 (such as SP SRS Activation/Deactivation MAC CE) or the MAC sub-header with the code point of the eLCID of 248 and the index of 312 Header (such as Enhanced SP
  • the octet (octet, Oct)2 contains two reserved bits R, and the length of the SRS Resource Set ID field is 4 bits, but since the SRS Resource Set ID field indicates the ID of the SRS resource set, a MAC CE command indicates an SRS The activation/deactivation state of the resource set.
  • the embodiment of the present application can be further designed for the Oct of the SP SRS Activation/Deactivation MAC CE and the Enhanced SP/AP SRS Spatial Relation Indication MAC CE, so as to implement the SRS without increasing the signaling overhead of these two MAC CEs.
  • Flexible indication of the resource set thereby realizing the indication of flexible antenna switching.
  • the "indication of flexible antenna switching" here means that when the terminal device reports support for multiple xTyRs, the network device can indicate which xTyR to use through high-level signaling (such as MAC CE) or DCI, that is, indicate According to which xTyR configuration the SRS is sent, or which xTyR measurement is performed, or indicates the value of x and/or the value of y, or indicates the xTyR configuration.
  • high-level signaling such as MAC CE
  • DCI that is, indicate According to which xTyR configuration the SRS is sent, or which xTyR measurement is performed, or indicates the value of x and/or the value of y, or indicates the xTyR configuration.
  • the following takes MAC CE as an example, and combines different designs and implementations of MAC CE to describe in detail.
  • the first indication information includes a first field and a second field, the first field is used to indicate the activation/deactivation status of one or more RS resource sets whose resource type is set to SP; the second field is used to indicate the resource type Set to the activation/deactivation status of one or more RS resource sets of the AP.
  • the format and indication content of the MAC CE signaling used to determine the first indication information may be as shown in FIG.
  • the design method is equally applicable to redesigning other MAC CEs, or is equally applicable to a single MAC CE.
  • Oct1, Oct2, and Oct3 are listed in FIG. 8 , and the formats and indication contents of other Octs are consistent with or inconsistent with existing protocols.
  • MAC CE Oct2 shown in FIG. 8 , it includes a first field (S 0 , S 1 in FIG. 8 ) and a second field (A 0 , A 1 , A 2 , A 3 in FIG. 8 ).
  • the lengths of the first field and the second field are predefined, or configured by high-level configuration signaling.
  • the lengths of the first field and the second field are predefined, for example, the length of the first field is 2 bits, the first field indicates the activation/deactivation status of the SP SRS resource set, and the length of the second field is 4 bits , the second field indicates the activation/deactivation status of the AP SRS resource set.
  • the first field indicates the activation/deactivation status of one or more SP SRS resource sets in a bitmap manner.
  • each bit of the first field indicates the activation/deactivation status of the SRS resource set corresponding to the index, or each field contained in the first field indicates the activation/deactivation status of the SRS resource set corresponding to the index.
  • two SRS resource sets are configured by high-level configuration signaling, and the first field indicates the activation/deactivation status of the two SP SRS resource sets in a bitmap manner.
  • the first bit and the second bit contained in the first field are used to indicate the activation/activation of the SP SRS resource sets with index 0 and index 1 respectively.
  • Deactivation state If the upper layer configuration signaling configures an SP SRS resource set, the first bit contained in the first field is used to indicate the activation/deactivation state of the SP SRS resource set, and the MAC entity ignores the second bit.
  • the index is the unique identifier of the SP SRS resource set. For example, the index is the SP SRS resource set ID, or the index is srs-ResourceSetId, or the index is a value mapped to the SP SRS resource set ID.
  • the field length of the second field is 4 bits, and the second field may be used to indicate the activation/deactivation state of the AP SRS resource set.
  • the high-level configuration signaling configures four AP SRS resource sets, and the second field indicates the four AP SRS resource sets in the form of a bitmap, that is, the four bits contained in the second field are used to indicate that the index is 0 , the activation/deactivation states of the AP SRS resource sets with index 1, index 2 and index 3.
  • the high layer configuration signaling configures less than four AP SRS resource sets, and the MAC entity ignores bits or fields other than the bits corresponding to the configured AP SRS resource sets.
  • the lengths of the first field and the second field are configured by the high-level configuration signaling.
  • the length of the first field is equal to the number of SP SRS resource sets in the high-level configuration signaling
  • the length of the second field is equal to the AP in the high-level configuration signaling.
  • the number of SRS resource sets is antenna switching.
  • the A/D field is set to 1, and a certain bit in the first field and the second field is set to 1, which can indicate that the corresponding SRS resource set is activated, and the first field and the second field
  • a certain bit is set to 0, it may indicate that the corresponding SRS resource set is not activated (that is, the state remains unchanged).
  • the A/D field is 0, and a certain bit in the first field and the second field is set to 1, which can indicate that the corresponding SRS resource set is deactivated, and a certain bit in the first field and the second field is set to 0, which can indicate The corresponding SRS resource set is not deactivated (that is, the state remains unchanged).
  • the A/D field is set to 1, and a certain bit in the first field and the second field is set to 0, which can indicate that the corresponding SRS resource set is activated, and the first field and the second field
  • a certain bit is set to 1
  • it may indicate that the corresponding SRS resource set is not activated (that is, the state remains unchanged).
  • the A/D field is 0, and a bit in the first field and the second field is set to 0, which can indicate that the corresponding SRS resource set is deactivated, and a bit in the first field and the second field is set to 1, which can indicate The corresponding SRS resource set is not deactivated (that is, the state remains unchanged).
  • the A/D field is ignored.
  • a bit in the first field and the second field is set to 1, it may indicate that the corresponding SRS resource set is activated, and a certain bit in the first field and the second field is set to 0, which may indicate that the corresponding SRS resource set is deactivated.
  • the A/D field is ignored.
  • a bit in the first field and the second field is set to 0 may indicate that the corresponding SRS resource set is activated, and a certain bit in the first field and the second field is set to 1, may indicate that the corresponding SRS resource set is deactivated.
  • one RRC signaling can only configure at most one SP SRS resource set for the terminal device. In the future, it may be supported to configure two SP SRS resource sets for the same type of xTyR. SP SRS resource set, or support configuring an SP SRS resource set for each of the two xTyRs. Therefore, it is sufficient and reasonable to use two bits to indicate the SP SRS resource set.
  • one RRC signaling can only configure up to 4 AP SRS resource sets for the UE. Therefore, it is sufficient and reasonable to use 4 bits to indicate the AP SRS resource set.
  • the index value of the SRS resource set is configured by high-level signaling, or judged according to a predefined rule.
  • the field 0 (or bit 0, or the first bit) is used to indicate the activation or deactivation status of the RS resource with the smallest RS resource identifier SRS-ResourceId among the RS resources included in the first RS resource set;
  • the field 1 (or bit 1, or the second bit) is used to indicate the activation or deactivation status of the RS resource with the second smallest SRS-ResourceId among the RS resources contained in the first RS resource set;
  • the field i (or bit i, or the i+1th bit) is used to indicate the activation or deactivation status of the RS resource with the i-1th small SRS-ResourceId among the RS resources included in the first RS resource set; wherein, 0 ⁇ i ⁇ L, i is
  • the RRC signaling configures four AP SRS resource sets for antenna switching for the terminal device, and the four AP SRS resource sets The index values of are 0, 1, 2, 3 in sequence.
  • the RRC signaling configures four AP SRS resource sets for antenna switching for the terminal equipment, and directly configures respective index values for the four AP SRS resource sets.
  • the index values of the four AP SRS resource sets can be corresponding to the bits in the second field according to the index value, for example, the index values of the four AP SRS resource sets are 0, 1, 2, and 3 in sequence, corresponding to the first A 0 , A 1 , A 2 , A 3 in the second field.
  • the RRC signaling configures four AP SRS resource sets for antenna switching for the terminal device, and the four AP SRS resource The index values of the set are 3, 2, 1, 0 in sequence.
  • the network device configures one SP SRS resource set and two AP SRS resource sets as shown in Figure 7 for the terminal device.
  • the index value of the SP SRS resource set is 0, which corresponds to the S 0 in the first field
  • the index values of the two AP SRS resource sets in ascending order of the high-level parameters srs-ResourceSetId corresponding to the AP SRS resource sets They are 0 and 1 in turn, respectively corresponding to A 0 and A 1 in the second field in FIG. 8 .
  • the MAC entity ignores them.
  • the terminal device when the A/D field is set to 1, S 0 in the first field is set to 1, and A 0 and A 1 in the second field are both set to 0, it indicates that the SP resource set is activated, and the two AP SRS resource sets If it is not activated, the terminal device sends the SRS included in the SP resource set, which corresponds to the measurement or configuration of 4T8R.
  • the two APs when the A/D field is set to 1, S 0 in the first field is set to 0, A 0 in the second field is set to 0, and A 1 is set to 1, indicating that the SP resource set is not activated, the two APs The resource set with a larger srs-ResourceSetId in the SRS resource set is activated, which corresponds to the measurement or configuration of 2T4R.
  • the A/D field when the A/D field is set to 1, S 0 in the first field is set to 0, A 0 in the second field is set to 1, and A 1 is set to 1, indicating that the SP resource set is not activated, the two APs
  • the SRS resource set is activated, which corresponds to the measurement or configuration of 2T8R.
  • the terminal device receives the first indication information indicating that the SP SRS resource set is activated, and after a certain time condition is met, the terminal device can Set to send the SRS corresponding to the SP SRS resource set, the terminal device receives the first indication information, instructs the SP SRS resource set to be deactivated, and stops sending the SRS corresponding to the SRS resource set after a certain time condition is met.
  • time slot n refers to the time slot for transmitting the physical downlink shared channel PDSCH carrying an activation or deactivation command
  • ⁇ is the SCS configuration for transmitting the PUCCH carrying HARQ-ACK
  • It refers to the number of time slots included in a subframe.
  • to stop sending the SRS corresponding to the SRS resource set means not to send the SRS again until a command to activate the resource set is received.
  • the terminal device After the terminal device receives the first indication information indicating that the AP SRS resource set is activated, it only means that the AP SRS resource set can be triggered, and the terminal device receives the first indication information indicating that the AP SRS resource set is activated. After deactivation, it means that the AP SRS resource set cannot be triggered.
  • the terminal device For the AP SRS resource set that can be triggered, the terminal device also needs to obtain the DCI from the network device, and determine the triggered SRS resource set according to the SRS request (request) field of the DCI, on the SRS resource contained in the triggered SRS resource set Send SRS.
  • the AP SRS is only sent when the corresponding high-layer parameter aperiodicSRS-ResourceTrigger or aperiodicSRS-ResourceTriggerList of the AP SRS resource set is consistent with the bit status of the SRS request field in the DCI The SRS contained in the resource set.
  • the first field and the second field are not limited to 2 bits and 4 bits, and the number of bits included in the first field and the second field is a natural number, for example, the first field includes 1 bit, the second The field includes 5 bits, etc., and the sum of the number of bits included in the first field and the number of bits included in the second field may be 6, 8, etc. In some embodiments, the number of bits included in the first field may also be 0. The number of bits included in the second field is not 0, and is only used to indicate the activation/deactivation status of the AP SRS resource set.
  • the number of bits included in the first field is not 0, and the number of bits included in the second field is 0, only used to indicate the activation/deactivation status of the SP SRS resource set.
  • the length sum of the first field and the second field may be a fixed value, for example, 8 bits.
  • the first indication information indicates that the activated or deactivated AP SRS resource set may be an AP SRS resource set that meets one or more of the following conditions: the function of the AP SRS resource set is antenna switching, that is, The high-level parameter usage of the resource set is set to 'antennaSwitching'; in the same RRC signaling, more than one AP SRS resource set for antenna switching is configured; the high-level signaling indicates that the AP SRS resource set needs to be activated; the high-level signaling The command indicates that more than one AP SRS resource set is used for antenna switching.
  • the triggered SRS resource set cannot be determined according to the SRS request (request) field of the DCI;
  • the triggered SRS resource set is determined directly according to the SRS request (request) field of the DCI.
  • the MAC CE includes signaling information used to indicate whether the MAC CE (the first indication information in the MAC CE) is used to indicate the activation/deactivation status of the AS SRS resource set.
  • the MAC CE includes signaling to indicate whether the AS SRS resource set needs to be activated/deactivated by the MAC CE.
  • the MAC CE includes a third field, and the third field is used to indicate whether the MAC CE is used to indicate activation or deactivation of the AP SRS.
  • the third field is set to 1
  • the MAC CE is used to indicate the activation or deactivation of AP SRS; when the third field is set to 0, the MAC CE is not used to indicate the activation or deactivation of AP SRS, and the MAC entity ignores this field.
  • the third field is a redefined A/D field.
  • the third field is used to indicate whether the MAC CE is used to indicate activation or deactivation of SP SRS.
  • the MAC CE is used to indicate the activation or deactivation of SP SRS; otherwise, the MAC CE is not used to indicate the activation or deactivation of SP SRS, and the MAC entity ignores this field.
  • the third field is used to indicate the content indicated by the first field of the MAC CE.
  • the first field contained in the current MAC CE is used to indicate that the SP SRS resource set is activated or deactivated; when the third field is set to 0, the first field contained in the current MAC CE is used to indicate AP SRS resource sets with index 4 and index 5 are activated or deactivated.
  • the first field and the second field contained in the current MAC CE jointly indicate that the AP SRS resource set is activated or deactivated, and the two bits of the first field correspond to an index of 0 and an index of 1
  • the four bits of the second field correspond to the AP SRS resource sets with index 2, index 3, index 4 and index 5.
  • the first indication information includes the first field; the bit state of the first field is associated with the second field or the third field; or, the bit state of the first field is associated with some bits of the second field or part of the third field Bits are associated. That is, the bit state of the first field is associated with the information indicated by the second field or the information indicated by the bits of the second field, or the bit state of the first field is associated with the information indicated by the third state or the information indicated by the third field part The information indicated by the bit is associated.
  • the bit state of the first field is associated with the second field or part of the bits of the second field, which refers to determining the second field or part of the bits indicated by the second field according to the bit state of the first field Information;
  • the bit state of the first field is associated with the third field or part of the bits of the third field, which refers to determining the information indicated by the third field or part of the bits of the third field according to the bit state of the first field.
  • the first field belongs to the first bit state set
  • the first field is associated with the second field or some bits of the second field
  • the second field is used to indicate an RS resource whose resource type is set to SP
  • the activation/deactivation state of the set that is to say, the first field belongs to the first bit state set
  • the second field (or the information indicated by the second field) is determined in the first manner, for example, the second field is used Used to indicate the activation/deactivation status of an RS resource set whose resource type is set to SP.
  • the length of the first field can be 1 bit or 2 bits.
  • the first field belongs to the second bit state set, the first field is associated with the third field or some bits of the third field, and the third field or some bits of the third field are used to indicate one or more
  • the resource type is set to the activation/deactivation state of the RS resource set of the AP. That is to say, the first field belongs to the second bit state set, and the third field (or the information indicated by the third field) is determined according to the second method.
  • the third field is used to indicate that a resource type is set to AP The activation/deactivation status of the RS resource set.
  • the third field indicates the activation/deactivation status of one or more AP SRS resource sets in a bitmap manner.
  • the length of the third segment is configured by high-level configuration signaling, or is predefined.
  • the length of the third field is equal to the number of AP SRS resource sets in the high-level configuration signaling.
  • the high-level configuration signaling configures 4 AP SRS resource sets, and the 4 bits contained in the third field are respectively used to indicate that the index is 0.
  • the length of the third field is a fixed value.
  • the length of the third field is 4 bits.
  • High-level configuration signaling configures 4 AP SRS resource sets, and the 4 bits contained in the third field are used to indicate the activation/deactivation of the AP SRS resource sets with index 0, index 1, index 2 and index 3 respectively state.
  • the high-level configuration signaling configures less than four AP SRS resource sets, and the MAC entity ignores bits or fields other than the bits corresponding to the configured AP SRS resource sets.
  • the use case of the AP SRS resource set is configured as antenna switching.
  • the length of the first field is 1 bit.
  • the third field uses a bitmap to indicate one or more SP SRS resource sets and AP SRS resource sets for indication.
  • the length of the third segment is configured by high-level configuration signaling, or is predefined.
  • the length of the third field is equal to the number of SP SRS resource sets and AP SRS resource sets in the high-level configuration signaling.
  • the high-level configuration signaling configures 1 SP SRS resource set and 3 AP SRS resource sets
  • the third field The 4 bits included in are used to indicate the activation/deactivation status of the SRS resource sets with index 0, index 1, index 2 and index 3 respectively.
  • the length of the third field is a fixed value.
  • the length of the third field is 4 bits.
  • the high-level configuration signaling configures less than four SRS resource sets, and the MAC entity ignores bits or fields other than the bits corresponding to the configured AP SRS resource sets.
  • the use case configuration of the SP SRS resource set and/or the AP SRS resource set is antenna switching.
  • the length of the first field is 1 bit.
  • the AP SRS resource set is grouped according to the number of transmitting antenna ports, and the MAC CE signaling is used to indicate the SP SRS resource set and/or the AP
  • the activation/deactivation state of the SRS resource set on the premise of not introducing a new LCID, design the structure and indication content of the signaling.
  • the length of the first field is 2 bits.
  • the SRS resources included in each SRS resource set correspond to the same number of SRS ports, that is, the corresponding number of Tx antennas is the same.
  • the main difference between implementation 2 and implementation 1 is that the first field can be used to determine whether the MAC CE contains the second field or the third field, and the design method of the MAC CE signaling is different.
  • the specific design method can be as follows:
  • the format and indication content of the MAC CE signaling used to determine the first indication information may be as shown in Figure 9A and Figure 9B. It should be noted that this embodiment only takes the redesign of the SP SRS Activation/Deactivation MAC CE as The example shows that the design method is also applicable to redesigning other MAC CEs, or it is also applicable to a single MAC CE. In addition, only Oct1, Oct2, and Oct3 are listed in FIG. 9A and FIG. 9B, and the format and indication content of other Octs are not limited in this application.
  • the first field (such as B 0 and B 1 in FIG. 9A) and the second field (such as SP SRS Resource Set ID in FIG. 9A) may be included, or the first field may be included A field (such as B 0 and B 1 in FIG. 9B ) and a third field (such as A 0 , A 1 , A 2 , A 3 in FIG. 9B ).
  • the first field may be used to indicate the SRS resource set group, and includes two bits.
  • the first field when the first field belongs to the first bit state set (such as being set to 00), the first field is associated with the second field or some bits of the second field, that is, the bit state of the first field is associated with the bit state of the second field.
  • the information indicated by the two fields is related, and the MAC CE has the same function as the SP SRS Activation/Deactivation MAC CE in the original (R15/R16).
  • the first field belongs to the second bit state set (such as being set to 01, or 10, or 11)
  • the first field is associated with the third field or some bits of the third field, and the third field or the third field Part of the bits in is used to indicate that one or more AP SRS resource sets in the first, second, or third SRS resource set group are activated or deactivated.
  • the second field is the SP SRS Resource Set ID field
  • the field length is 4 bits, which is used to indicate the activated or deactivated SP SRS resource set ID.
  • the 4 bits in the third field are sequentially used to indicate that the AP SRS resource set with index 0, index 1, index 2 and index 3 is activated or deactivated, wherein, The above AP SRS resource set is included in the first SRS resource set group.
  • the third field is used to indicate the second or third SRS resource set respectively.
  • the resources contained in the first SRS resource set group consist of the first number of SRS ports
  • the resources contained in the second SRS resource set group consist of the second number of SRS ports
  • the third SRS resource set The resources contained in the group consist of a third number of SRS ports.
  • the first value is 1, the second value is 2, and the third value is 3.
  • a certain bit in the third field is set to 1, which can indicate that the corresponding SRS resource set is activated, and a certain bit in the third field is set to 0, which can indicate the corresponding SRS resource set is not activated (that is, the state remains unchanged).
  • a certain bit in the third field is set to 1, which can indicate that the corresponding SRS resource set is deactivated, and a certain bit in the third field is set to 0, which can indicate that the corresponding SRS resource set is not activated. is deactivated (that is, the state remains unchanged).
  • a certain bit in the third field is set to 1, which can indicate that the corresponding SRS resource set is activated, and a certain bit in the third field is set to 0, which can indicate The corresponding SRS resource set is deactivated.
  • the index of the AP SRS resource set in an SRS resource set group is determined by predefined rules, or indicated by high-level information. For example, the IDs of the AP SRS resource sets in an SRS resource set group (that is, the high-level parameter srs-ResourceSetId) correspond to indexes 0 to 3 in descending order.
  • the A/D field is used as a reserved field or used to indicate other functions.
  • the SRS resource set group is implicitly configured by the network device through high-level signaling (such as RRC signaling, or MAC CE signaling), or the network device is configured through high-level signaling (such as RRC signaling, or MAC CE signaling). CE signaling) is explicitly configured.
  • SRS resource set groups are implicitly configured by network devices, for example, grouping SRS resource sets according to the number of SRS ports corresponding to the SRS resources in the SRS resource set, or according to the number of SRS ports corresponding to the SRS resources in the SRS resource set and resource types of the SRS resource sets, or group the SRS resource sets according to the resource types of the SRS resource sets.
  • grouping is performed according to the number of SRS ports corresponding to the AP SRS resources included in the AP SRS resource set.
  • the SRS resource in the AP SRS resource set contained in the first SRS resource set consists of 1 SRS port.
  • the third field is used to indicate that the first SRS resource set contains The activation/deactivation status of all SRS resource sets.
  • the SRS resource in the AP SRS resource set contained in the second SRS resource set consists of 2 SRS ports.
  • the third field is used to indicate that in the second SRS resource set Activation/deactivation status of all contained SRS resource sets.
  • the SRS resource in the AP SRS resource set included in the third SRS resource set group consists of 4 SRS ports.
  • the third field is used to indicate the Activation/deactivation status of all contained SRS resource sets.
  • the SRS resource set includes only the AP SRS resource set.
  • the SRS resource set can include both the AP SRS resource set and the SP SRS resource set. That is to say, the first field belongs to The second bit state set, when the first field is associated with the third field or some bits of the third field, the third field or some bits of the third field can also be used to indicate that the resource type is set to AP and the resource type Activation/deactivation status of multiple SRS resource sets set to SP.
  • the implementation of controlling the transmission of the SRS is similar to the implementation 1, and will not be repeated here.
  • the first indication information includes a first field and a second field, and the bit state of the first field is associated with the second field; the first field is used to indicate the ID of the RS resource set group, and the second field is used to indicate Activation/deactivation status of one or more RS resource sets in the RS resource set group.
  • implementation 3 The main difference between implementation 3 and implementation 2 is that grouping can be configured according to time-domain behavior/time-domain type, or high-layer signaling of network equipment, and the design method of MAC CE signaling is different.
  • the specific design method can be as follows:
  • the format and indication content of the MAC CE signaling used to determine the first indication information can be shown in Figure 10. It should be noted that this embodiment only uses the redesign of the SP SRS Activation/Deactivation MAC CE as an example. The design method is equally applicable to redesigning other MAC CEs, or is equally applicable to a single MAC CE. In addition, only Oct1, Oct2, and Oct3 are listed in FIG. 10 , and the formats and indication contents of other Octs are not limited in this application.
  • the MAC CE Oct2 may include a first field (group ID in FIG. 10 ) and a second field (A 0 , A 1 , A 2 , A 3 in FIG. 10 ).
  • the first field may be used to indicate the ID of the SRS resource set, and includes two bits. In some implementations, when the first field is set to 00, the first field is associated with the second field or part of the second field bits used to indicate the first, or One or more SRS resource sets in the second or third SRS resource set group are activated or deactivated.
  • One of the SRS resource set groups may include an AP SRS resource set and/or an SP SRS resource set.
  • the SRS resource set group may be determined according to the time domain type of the SRS resource set. If the SP SRS resource set is in resource set group 0, that is, the first field is set to 00, indicating that the MAC CE is used for activation or deactivation of the SP SRS resource set.
  • the SRS resource set group can also configure a resource set group ID for each SRS resource set through high-level signaling (such as RRC signaling, or MAC CE signaling), which indicates that each SRS resource set belongs to a unique resource set group.
  • the value of the supported (supported) SRS-TxPortSwitch reported by the terminal device is 't1r6-t1r8-t2r8-t4r8', that is, the terminal device reports the supported xTyR capability to the network device as 't1r6 -t1r8-t2r8-t4r8', the network device configures 1 SP SRS resource set and 6 AP SRS resource sets for the base station through RRC. And through high-level signaling, it is displayed or implicitly indicated that the RS resource set group 0 includes a SP SRS resource set, and the resource set includes two SRS resources, and each SRS resource is composed of 4 SRS ports.
  • SRS resource set group 1 contains two AP SRS resource sets, wherein each resource set contains two SRS resources, and each SRS resource is composed of 2 SRS ports.
  • the smaller srs-ResourceSetId is Set (set) 0
  • the larger srs-ResourceSetId is set1.
  • SRS resource set group 2 contains four AP SRS resource sets, where each resource set contains two SRS resources, and each SRS resource is composed of one SRS port.
  • srs-ResourceSetId is from small to large The order is set0, set1, set2, set3.
  • the network device sets the first field to 00.
  • the first field is associated with the second field, and the second field is used to indicate the ID of the SP SRS resource set to be activated or deactivated, that is, It is used to indicate the activation/deactivation status of an RS resource set whose resource type is set to SP. Or it is used to indicate the SP SRS resource set contained in SRS resource set group 0 (namely group0).
  • the first field is set to 00
  • the second field is used to indicate the ID of the SP SRS resource set.
  • the A/D field is used to indicate that the SP SRS resource set is activated or deactivated.
  • the SP SRS resource set When the A/D field is set to 1, the SP SRS resource set is activated, and the terminal device sends the SRS corresponding to the SP SRS resource set. At this time, the SRS is used to implement 4T8R measurement.
  • the SP SRS resource set When the A/D field is set to 0, the SP SRS resource set is deactivated, and the terminal device stops sending the SRS contained in the SP SRS resource set.
  • the first field is set to 00
  • the second field is used to indicate the activation/deactivation status of one or more SP SRS resource sets.
  • the second field can indicate the activation/deactivation status of one or more SP SRS resource sets in the form of a bitmap. For example, if the high-level configuration signaling configures four SP SRS resource sets, the four bits contained in the third field are used respectively Indicates the activation/deactivation status of the SP SRS resource sets with index 0, index 1, index 2 and index 3.
  • the first field is set to any one of 01, 10, and 11, and the second field is used to indicate the activation/deactivation status of a group of AP SRS resource sets.
  • the length of the first field is 2 bits.
  • the length of the second field may be predefined or configured by a high-level parameter. Wherein, the high-level parameter configuration may be explicitly configured or implicitly configured.
  • the length of the second field is predefined. For example, the length of the second field is 4 bits. When the number of SRS resource sets is less than 4, the MAC entity ignores some bits in the second field.
  • the length of the second field is implicitly configured by the high-level parameters, for example, the length of the second field is equal to the number of AP SRS resource sets configured by the high-level parameters.
  • the network device sets the first field to 01, and at this time the second field is used to indicate the AP SRS resource set contained in the SRS resource set group 1 (namely group1).
  • the first two bits in the second field are used to indicate the activation/deactivation status of the two AP SRS resource sets included in the SRS resource set group 1.
  • the first two bits in the second field are set to 1, and the A/D field is set to 1, it means that the two AP SRS resource sets contained in SRS resource set group 1 are activated.
  • the terminal device receives the The DCI of the group AP SRS resource set, and the terminal device sends the corresponding SRS. At this time, the SRS is used to implement 2T8R measurement.
  • the terminal device stops sending the corresponding SRS.
  • the terminal device receives It is used to trigger the DCI of the set of AP SRS resources, and the terminal device sends the corresponding SRS. At this time, the SRS is used to realize the measurement of 2T8R.
  • the network device sets the first field to 10, and at this time, the second field is used to indicate the AP SRS resource set contained in the SRS resource set group 2 (ie, group2).
  • the 4 bits in the second field are used to indicate the activation/deactivation status of the 4 AP SRS resource sets included in the SRS resource set group 2.
  • the 4 bits in the second field are all set to 1, and the A/D field is set to 1, it means that the 4 AP SRS resource sets contained in the SRS resource set group 2 are all activated.
  • the DCI of the AP SRS resource set, and the terminal device sends the corresponding SRS.
  • the SRS is used to implement 1T8R measurement.
  • the terminal device When the 4 bits in the second field are all set to 1 and the A/D field is set to 0, it means that the 4 AP SRS resource sets included in SRS resource set group 2 are all deactivated.
  • the DCI of the group AP SRS resource set the terminal device stops sending the corresponding SRS.
  • the A/D field is reserved, and the MAC entity ignores it, indicating that the four AP SRS resource sets contained in SRS resource set group 2 are all activated.
  • the terminal device receives It is used to trigger the DCI of the set of AP SRS resources, and the terminal device sends the corresponding SRS. At this time, the SRS is used to realize the measurement of 1T8R.
  • the network device sets the first field to 10, and at this time, the second field is used to indicate the AP SRS resource set contained in the SRS resource set group 2 (ie, group2).
  • the 4 bits in the second field are used to indicate the activation/deactivation status of the 4 AP SRS resource sets included in the SRS resource set group 2.
  • the first bit, the second bit, and the fourth bit of the 4 bits in the second field are all set to 1, the third bit is set to 0, and the A/D field is set to 1, it means the SRS resource set
  • the 3 AP SRS resource sets included in group 2 are activated.
  • the terminal device receives the DCI used to trigger the AP SRS resource set in this group, the terminal device sends the corresponding AP SRS.
  • the SRS is used to implement 1T6R measurement.
  • the first bit, the second bit, and the fourth bit of the 4 bits in the second field are all set to 1, the third bit is set to 0, and the A/D field is set to 1, it means the SRS resource set
  • the three AP SRS resource sets included in group 2 are deactivated.
  • the terminal device receives the DCI used to trigger the AP SRS resource set of this group, the terminal device stops sending the corresponding AP SRS.
  • the terminal device When the first bit, the second bit, and the fourth bit of the 4 bits in the second field are all set to 1, and the third bit is set to 0, the A/D field is reserved, and the MAC entity ignores it, indicating The 3 AP SRS resource sets contained in SRS resource set group 2 are activated.
  • the terminal device receives the DCI used to trigger the AP SRS resource set of this group, the terminal device sends the corresponding AP SRS. At this time, the SRS is used to realize the measurement of 1T6R .
  • the first indication information includes a first field and a second field, the bit state of the first field is associated with the second field; the first field is used to indicate the number of ports, and the second field is used to indicate one or more RS resources
  • the activation/deactivation state of the set, the SRS resources included in the one or more RS resource sets are all composed of the SRS ports of the port number.
  • the format and indication content of the MAC CE signaling used to determine the first indication information may be as shown in FIG.
  • the design method is equally applicable to redesigning other MAC CEs, or is equally applicable to a single MAC CE.
  • Oct1, Oct2, and Oct3 are listed in FIG. 16 , and the formats and indication contents of other Octs are not limited in this application.
  • MAC CE Oct2 shown in FIG. 16 , it includes a first field (N_port (port) in FIG. 16 ) and a second field (A 0 , A 1 , A 2 , A 3 in FIG. 16 ).
  • the first field contains two bits.
  • the first field is used to indicate the number of ports
  • the second field is used to indicate the activation/deactivation status of one or more SRS resource sets configured by the network device through high-layer signaling, and the SRS contained in the one or more RS resource sets Resources are each composed of this number of SRS ports.
  • a certain bit in the second field is set to 1, which can indicate that the corresponding SRS resource set is activated, and a certain bit in the second field is set to 0, which can indicate the corresponding SRS resource set is not activated (that is, the state remains unchanged).
  • a certain bit in the second field is set to 1, which can indicate that the corresponding SRS resource set is deactivated, and a certain bit in the second field is set to 0, which can indicate that the corresponding SRS resource set is not activated. is deactivated (that is, the state remains unchanged).
  • the index of one or more SRS resource sets configured by the network device through high-level signaling is determined by predefined rules, or configured by high-level parameters. High-level parameters can be configured explicitly or implicitly. For example, IDs of SRS resource sets in one or more SRS resource sets composed of SRS ports with the same number of ports (that is, the high-level parameter srs-ResourceSetId) correspond to indexes 0-3 in descending order.
  • each bit can be understood as a field, and each field corresponds to one SRS resource set, and the second field is A collection of fields.
  • Figure 17 is a schematic diagram of another communication method provided by the embodiment of the present application, the method includes:
  • S1701 The network device sends first indication information to the terminal device.
  • the first indication information is used to indicate the activation/deactivation status of one or more SRS resources, where the activation/deactivation status of one or more SRS resources is any of the following:
  • N SRS resources are activated, and M SRS resources other than the N SRS resources are not activated;
  • N SRS resources are activated, and M SRS resources other than the N SRS resources are deactivated;
  • N RS resources are deactivated, and M SRS resources other than N SRS resources are not deactivated; N and M are natural numbers;
  • the terminal device controls the transmission of the SRS according to the first indication information.
  • the network device can configure multiple SRS resource sets for the terminal device through high-level configuration signaling, such as RRC signaling, such as configuring one or more SP SRS resource sets for the terminal device, or one or more AP SRS resource set, or one or more SP SRS resource sets and one or more AP SRS resource sets.
  • high-level configuration signaling such as RRC signaling
  • One SP resource set includes at least one AP SRS resource
  • one SP SRS resource set includes at least one SP SRS resource.
  • the realization that the specific network device configures one or more SRS resource sets for the terminal device through high-level configuration signaling can refer to the realization in the implementation of the method shown in FIG. 6 , and will not be repeated here.
  • the terminal device can use the code point of the LCID from the network device or the MAC sub-header with the index of 50 (such as SP SRS Activation/Deactivation MAC CE) or the MAC sub-header with the code point of the eLCID of 248 and the index of 312 Header (such as Enhanced SP/AP SRS Spatial Relation Indication MAC CE), of course, it can also be determined by MAC sub-header with LCID code point greater than 255 and/or index greater than 319, that is, other MAC CE.
  • One or more SRS resources in the activation/deactivation state indicated by the first indication information are included in an SRS resource set, and the resource type of an SRS resource set is set to SP; or,
  • One or more SRS resources are included in one or more SRS resource sets, and the resource type of one or more SRS resource sets is set to AP;
  • One or more SRS resources are included in multiple SRS resource sets, and the multiple SRS resource sets include an SRS resource set whose resource type is set to AP and an SRS resource set whose resource type is set to SP.
  • the octet (octet, Oct)2 contains two reserved bits R, and the length of the SRS Resource Set ID field is 4 bits, but since it indicates the ID of the SRS resource set, only one SRS resource set can be indicated at a time.
  • the embodiment of this application can be further designed for the Oct of the SP SRS Activation/Deactivation MAC CE and the Enhanced SP/AP SRS Spatial Relation Indication MAC CE, so as to implement the SRS resource set without increasing the overhead of these two MAC CEs.
  • Flexible indication and then realize the indication of flexible antenna switching.
  • the following takes MCE CE as an example, and combines different designs and implementations of MAC CE for specific description.
  • the first indication information includes L bits, different bits in the L bits are associated with different SRS resources among one or more SRS resources, and one bit in the L bits is used In order to indicate the activation/deactivation state of the SRS resource associated with the bit, wherein, L is a positive integer.
  • L is predefined or configured by high-level configuration parameters.
  • L is configured by a high-level configuration parameter.
  • the value of L is equal to the number of SRS resources used for antenna switching configured in the high-level configuration parameter, or the value of L is equal to the number of SRS resources used for antenna switching configured in the high-level configuration parameter.
  • the number of AP SRS resources, or the value of L is equal to the number of SP SRS resources used for antenna switching configured in the high-level configuration parameters.
  • the format and indication content of the MAC CE signaling used to determine the first indication information can be shown in Figure 18. It should be noted that this embodiment only uses the redesign of the SP SRS Activation/Deactivation MAC CE as an example. The design method is equally applicable to redesigning other MAC CEs, or is equally applicable to a single MAC CE. In addition, only Oct1, Oct2, and Oct3 are listed in FIG. 8 , and the formats and indication contents of other Octs are not limited in this application.
  • the MAC CE Oct2 shown in Figure 18 it includes L bits (L 0 , L 1 , L 2 , L 3 , L 4 , L 5 in Figure 18), and the L bits can be indicated by bitmap, That is, the L bits are respectively used to indicate the activation/deactivation status of the SRS resource with the index 0, the index 1, the index 2, the index 3, the index 4, and the index 5.
  • a certain bit in the L bits is set to 1, which can indicate that the corresponding SRS resource is activated, and a certain bit in the L bits is set to 0, which can indicate that the corresponding SRS resource is not activated. Activated (that is, the state remains unchanged).
  • a certain bit in the L bits is set to 1, which can indicate that the corresponding SRS resource is deactivated, and a certain bit in the L bits is set to 0, which can indicate that the corresponding SRS resource is not deactivated Activated (that is, the state remains unchanged).
  • a certain bit in the L bits is set to 1, which can indicate that the corresponding SRS resource is activated, and a certain bit in the L bits is set to 0, May indicate that the corresponding SRS resource is deactivated.
  • the high-layer configuration signaling may include an association relationship between L bits and one or more SRS resources.
  • the association relationship between L bits and one or more SRS resources is explicitly indicated through high-level configuration signaling, or the association relationship between L bits and one or more SRS resources is implicitly indicated through high-level configuration signaling.
  • the association relationship between L bits and the one or more SRS resources is configured for the terminal device according to the SRS resource ID of the SRS resource and/or the SRS resource set ID corresponding to the SRS resource.
  • the RS resource set ID corresponding to the RS resource refers to the RS resource set ID of the RS resource set where the RS resource is located.
  • the association relationship between L bits and the one or more SRS resources may be configured in such a way that the SRS resource set ID corresponding to the SRS resource is prioritized in ascending order and the SRS resource ID of the SRS resource is in ascending order. That is, the RS resource set ID corresponding to the RS resource associated with the i-th bit among the L bits is smaller than the SRS resource set ID corresponding to the SRS resource associated with the i+1 bit; or the i-th bit among the L bits The SRS resource ID of the SRS resource associated with the bit is smaller than the RS resource ID of the RS resource associated with the i+1 bit.
  • the SRS resource associated with the i bit is the same as the RS resource associated with the i+1 bit Included in the same RS resource set, or the SRS resource associated with the i-th bit is the same as the RS resource set ID corresponding to the RS resource associated with the i+1-th bit; where, 1 ⁇ i ⁇ L, i is integer. That is, the SRS resource set ID corresponding to the SRS resource corresponding to the first bit (L 0 ) among the L bits is the smallest, and the SRS resource ID of the SRS resource is the smallest.
  • the association relationship between L bits and the one or more SRS resources may be configured in such a way that the SRS resource set ID corresponding to the SRS resource is in descending order first, and the SRS resource ID of the SRS resource is in descending order. That is, the SRS resource set ID corresponding to the SRS resource associated with the i-th bit among the L bits is greater than the SRS resource set ID corresponding to the SRS resource associated with the i+1-th bit; or, the i-th bit among the L bits The SRS resource ID of the SRS resource associated with the bit is greater than the SRS resource ID of the SRS resource associated with the i+1 bit; wherein, 1 ⁇ i ⁇ L, i is an integer.
  • the SRS resource set ID corresponding to the SRS resource corresponding to the sixth bit (L 5 ) among the L bits is the smallest, and the SRS resource ID of the SRS resource is the smallest.
  • the first bit (L 0 ) in the AP SRS resource set with SRS Resource Set ID 1
  • the SRS resource set ID of the RS resource set where the SRS resource whose resource type is set as SP is located is smaller than the SRS resource set ID of the SRS resource set where the SRS resource whose resource type is set as AP is located. That is, as shown in FIG. 19 , among high-level parameters, the SRS resource set ID of the SRS resource set whose resource type is semi-persistent is smaller than the SRS resource set ID of the SRS resource set whose resource type is aperiodic.
  • an association relationship between L bits and the one or more SRS resources is configured for the terminal device according to the SRS resource ID of the SRS resources of the same resource type and the same use case.
  • the association relationship between L bits and the one or more SRS resources may be configured in ascending order of the SRS resource IDs corresponding to the AP SRS resources used for antenna switching, that is, the L bits
  • the SRS resource ID of the SRS resource associated with the i-th bit among the bits is smaller than the RS resource ID of the RS resource associated with the i+1-th bit; wherein, 1 ⁇ i ⁇ L, and i is an integer. That is, the SRS resource ID of the SRS resource corresponding to the first bit (L 0 ) among the L bits is the smallest.
  • the resource corresponds to the fourth bit (L 4 ) among the L bits.
  • the first O bits in the L bits are used to indicate the activation/deactivation state of the SRS resource whose resource type is set to SP, and the last P bits are used to indicate the activation/deactivation status of the SRS resource whose resource type is set to AP.
  • O and P are natural numbers. Taking L as the 6 bits in Figure 18 as an example, under the configuration of Figure 19, the first 2 bits of L bits indicate the activation/deactivation status of SP SRS resources, and the last 4 bits are used to indicate the activation/deactivation status of AP SRS resources. deactivated state. It should be understood that the sum of O and P may be equal to L or less than L, and when L is greater than O+P, the MAC entity ignores the last L-(O+P) bits of L bits.
  • the first indication information includes a first field and a second field, and the bit state of the first field is associated with the second field; the first field is used to indicate a port Quantity, the second field is used to indicate the activation/deactivation status of the SRS resources in the one or more SRS resource sets consisting of SRS ports of the port number.
  • a first field (N_port in FIG. 20) and a second field (A0, A1, A2, A3 in FIG. 20) may be included.
  • the first field contains two bits. The first field is used to indicate the number of ports.
  • the second field is used to indicate the activation/deactivation state of the AP SRS resources composed of the number of SRS ports.
  • the length of the second field may be predefined or configured by a high-level parameter.
  • the high-level parameter configuration may be explicitly configured or implicitly configured.
  • the second field contains 8 bits, and the 8 bits in the second field are sequentially used to indicate the SRS resources with the index 0, the index 1, ..., the index 7 consisting of the SRS ports of the number of ports Activation/deactivation state.
  • the first field may be set to 01, or 10, or 11, respectively indicating that the RS resource indicated by the second field consists of 1, 2, or 4 SRS ports.
  • the first field is set to 01, the SRS resource corresponding to the SRS port number of 1 is activated or deactivated; the first field is set to 10, and the SRS resource corresponding to the SRS port number of 2 is activated or deactivated Activation; the first field is set to 11, and the SRS resources corresponding to the number of SRS ports being 4 are activated or deactivated.
  • the length of the second field may also be related to the number of ports indicated by the first field, for example, the number of ports indicated by the first field is 1, and the length of the second field is 8; the number of ports indicated by the first field is 2, and the number of ports indicated by the second The length of the field is 4; the number of ports indicated by the first field is 2, and the length of the second field is 2 or 3.
  • the association relationship between one or more bits of the second field and the indicated one or more SRS resources can refer to the implementation of the above-mentioned association relationship between L bits and the indicated one or more SRS resources. .
  • the association relationship between one or more bits of the second field and one or more SRS resources indicated by the second bits is determined according to the SRS resource ID of the SRS resource and/or the RS resource set ID corresponding to the SRS resource
  • the association relationship between the L bit and the indicated one or more SRS resources is determined according to the SRS resource ID of the SRS resource and/or the RS resource set ID corresponding to the SRS resource
  • the second field is used to indicate the activation/deactivation state of the AP SRS resources composed of the SRS ports of the port number in one or more SRS resource sets.
  • the second field contains 4 bits.
  • the 4 bits in the second field are sequentially used to indicate the activation/deactivation status of the SRS resources composed of the SRS ports of the number of ports in the SRS resource set with index 0, index 1, index 2 and index 3 .
  • the first field can be set to 01, or 10, or 11, which respectively indicate the activation/deactivation status of resources consisting of 1, 2, or 4 SRS ports in the RS resource set indicated by the second field .
  • the first field is set to 01, and the first bit in the second field is used to indicate that the SRS resource with the SRS port number of 1 in the SRS resource set with index 0 is activated or deactivated; the first field is set to Set to 10, the first bit in the second field is used to indicate that the SRS resource with the SRS port number of 2 in the SRS resource set with index 0 is activated or deactivated; the first field is set to 11, the second The first bit in the field is used to indicate that the SRS resource whose number of SRS ports is 4 in the SRS resource set with index 0 is activated or deactivated.
  • the second information may be one or more of the following information: the time domain behavior of the indicated SRS resource set, the number of resources contained in the indicated SRS resource set, the content indicated by the second field, the indicated SRS resource The number of corresponding transmit ports.
  • the MAC CE has exactly the same function as the SP SRS Activation/Deactivation MAC CE in the original (R15/R16).
  • the first field is set to 00
  • the second field is the SP SRS Resource Set ID field
  • the field length is 4 bits, which is used to indicate the activated or deactivated SP SRS resource set ID.
  • the resource set ID is determined by the upper layer Parameter SRS-ResourceSetId configuration.
  • the first field is set to 01, and the first bit, the second bit, the third bit, and the fourth bit in the second field are used to indicate that the index is 0, the index is 1, the index is 2, and the index is In the SRS resource set of 3, the SRS resource composed of 1 SRS port is activated/deactivated; when the first field is set to 10 or 11, the first bit, the second bit, and the third bit in the second field
  • the first bit and the fourth bit are sequentially used to indicate the activation/deactivation status of the SRS resource consisting of 2 or 4 SRS ports in the SRS resource set with index 0, index 1, index 2 and index 3;
  • Indexes of multiple SRS resource sets are determined by predefined rules, or indicated by high-level information.
  • the IDs of SRS resource sets (that is, the high-level parameter srs-ResourceSetId) correspond to indexes 0 to 3 in descending order.
  • the value of supportedSRS-TxPortSwitch reported by UE is 't1r6-t1r8-t2r8', and the base station configures 3 AP SRS resource sets through RRC.
  • the first and second AP SRS resource sets contain 4 SRS resources, of which two SRS resources are composed of 1 SRS port, and the other two SRS resources are composed of 2 SRS ports.
  • the third AP SRS resource set contains 4 SRS resources, and each SRS resource consists of 1 SRS port.
  • the srs-ResourceSetIds are set0, set1, and set2 in descending order, that is, the srs-ResourceSetIds are the AP SRS resource sets with index 0, index 1, and index 2 in ascending order.
  • the network device sets the first field to 10, indicating that the number of SRS ports included in the activated SRS resource is 2.
  • the first three bits in the second field are used to indicate the activation/deactivation status of the SRS resource consisting of 2 SRS ports in the 3 AP SRS resource sets.
  • the first two bits in the second field are both set to 1, and the A/D field is set to 1, indicating that the SRS resources composed of 2 SRS ports are activated in the AP SRS resource set with index 0 and index 1.
  • the terminal device receives the DCI used to trigger the set of AP SRS resources, the terminal device sends the corresponding AP SRS. At this time, the SRS is used to implement 2T8R measurement.
  • the terminal device When the first two bits in the second field are both set to 1, and the A/D field is set to 0, it means that the AP SRS resources with index 0 and index 1 are concentrated, and the SRS resource consisting of 2 SRS ports is deactivated.
  • the terminal device receives the DCI used to trigger the set of AP SRS resources, the terminal device stops sending the corresponding AP SRS.
  • the A/D field is ignored by the MAC entity of the terminal device, indicating that the AP SRS resource set with index 0 and index 1 is an SRS resource composed of 2 SRS ports is activated, the AP SRS resource set whose index is 2, and the SRS resource consisting of 2 SRS ports are deactivated.
  • the terminal device receives the DCI used to trigger the set of AP SRS resources, the terminal device sends the AP SRS corresponding to the activated SRS resources.
  • the network device sets the first field to 01, indicating that the number of SRS ports included in the activated SRS resource is 1.
  • the first three bits in the second field are used to indicate the activation/deactivation status of the SRS resources in the 3 AP SRS resource sets consisting of the SRS ports of the stated number of ports.
  • the first 3 bits in the second field are all set to 1, and the A/D field is set to 1, indicating that the AP SRS resource set with index 0, index 1 and index 2, the SRS resource consisting of 1 SRS port is activated .
  • the terminal device receives the DCI used to trigger the set of AP SRS resources, the terminal device sends the corresponding AP SRS.
  • the SRS is used to implement 1T6R measurement.
  • the first 3 bits in the second field are all set to 1, and the A/D field is set to 0, it means that the AP SRS resource set with index 0, index 1 and index 2 is an SRS resource composed of 1 SRS port is deactivated.
  • the terminal device receives the DCI used to trigger the set of AP SRS resources, the terminal device stops sending the corresponding AP SRS.
  • the network device sets the first field to 01, indicating that the number of SRS ports included in the activated SRS resource is 1.
  • the first three bits in the second field are used to indicate the activation/deactivation status of the RS resources in the 3 AP SRS resource sets consisting of the RS ports of the port number.
  • the bit state of the second field is 1010, and the A/D field is set to 1, indicating that the SRS resource consisting of one SRS port is activated in the AP SRS resource set with index 0 and index 2.
  • the terminal device receives the DCI used to trigger the set of AP SRS resources, the terminal device sends the corresponding AP SRS. At this time, the SRS is used to implement 1T4R measurement.
  • the A/D field is set to 0, and the MAC entity ignores this field.
  • setting the A/D field to 0 means that in the AP SRS resource set with index 0 and index 2, the SRS resource consisting of 1 SRS port is deactivated.
  • the terminal device stops sending the corresponding AP SRS.
  • the A/D field is ignored by the MAC entity of the terminal device, indicating that in the AP SRS resource set with index 0 and index 2, the SRS resource consisting of 1 SRS port is activated, and the AP SRS resource set with index 1 consists of 1 SRS resources composed of SRS ports are deactivated.
  • the terminal device receives the DCI used to trigger the set of AP SRS resources, the terminal device sends the AP SRS corresponding to the activated SRS resource, and stops sending the AP SRS corresponding to the deactivated SRS resource.
  • the first indication information includes an antenna switching instruction
  • the antenna switching instruction may be carried in a first field included in the first indication information, and is used to indicate activation/deactivation of one or more SRS resources Status, or used to indicate the activation/deactivation status of one or more SRS resource sets.
  • the network device configures two sets of SRS resources for the terminal device through high-level signaling, wherein each set of SRS resources may include one or more SRS resources, and each set of SRS resources may include one or more SRS resources.
  • One SRS resource set can also be included in multiple SRS resource sets.
  • the network device can instruct the terminal device to switch between two sets of SRS resources through the switching instruction in the first indication information. For example, the terminal device has currently activated one or more SRS resources included in the first set of SRS resources, and sends the SRS corresponding to the one or more SRS resources included in the first set of SRS resources.
  • the terminal device After the terminal device receives the first indication information, Activate the one or more SRS resources included in the second set of SRS resources, and send the SRS corresponding to the one or more SRS resources included in the second set of SRS resources.
  • the resource type of the SRS resource may be aperiodic or semi-persistent.
  • the first indication information includes an indication of the number of ports and/or the number of resources, and the number of ports and/or the number of resources may be carried in the first field included in the first indication information, or may be carried in The first field and the second field included in the first indication information are used to indicate the activation/deactivation status of one or more SRS resources.
  • the network device may configure multiple sets of SRS resources for the terminal device through high-layer signaling, and the SRS resources in each set of SRS resources are composed of the same number of SRS ports.
  • the network device may instruct the terminal device to switch among multiple sets of SRS resources through the number of antennas in the first indication information.
  • the network device may instruct the terminal device to switch between multiple sets of SRS resources by using the resource quantity in the first indication information.
  • the network device configures three sets of SRS resources for the terminal device, corresponding to the number of antennas 1, 2, and 4 respectively.
  • the terminal device has currently activated one or more SRS resources included in the first set of SRS resources, and sends the first set of SRS resources.
  • the first indication information carries the information that the number of antennas is 2, and the terminal device uses one or more SRS resources included in the first set of SRS resources deactivate the SRS resources, activate one or more SRS resources included in the second set of SRS resources corresponding to the number of antennas 2, and send SRSs corresponding to the one or more SRS resources included in the second set of SRS resources.
  • the network device may configure multiple sets of SRS resources for the terminal device through high-layer signaling, and the SRS resources in each set of SRS resources are composed of the same number of SRS ports.
  • the network device may indicate the number of activated SRS resources or SRS resource sets through the number of antennas in the first indication information.
  • the number of activated SRS resources or SRS resources Set determined according to predefined rules or indicated by high-layer signaling.
  • SRS resources or SRS resource sets are determined according to predefined rules, for example, preferentially activate SRS resource sets with small SRS resource set IDs, or preferentially activate SRS resource sets with small SRS resource IDs, or preferentially activate SRS resource sets with large SRS resource set IDs resource set, or an SRS resource set with a large SRS resource ID is preferentially activated.
  • the network device may configure multiple sets of SRS resources for the terminal device through high-layer signaling, etc., and the network device may indicate the activated SRS resource or SRS resource set through the port number in the first indication information.
  • the SRS resources in each set of SRS resources are composed of the same number of SRS ports.
  • the SRS resources in each set of SRS resources are composed of different numbers of SRS ports. For example, if the number of ports indicated by the first indication information is 1, the resource composed of one SRS port is activated, or the resource set in which the resource composed of one SRS port is located is activated.
  • the SRS resources composed of the same number of SRS ports correspond to the same power control.
  • the first field (N in FIG. 25) may be included.
  • the first field may be 2 bits.
  • 00 When carrying the switching instruction, 00 may be used to indicate switching, 01, 10, 11, etc. may be used to indicate no switching, or 01 may be used to indicate switching, and 00 may be used to indicate no switching.
  • the first field may be 1 bit, and when carrying the switching instruction, a status value of 1 may be used to indicate switching, a status value of 0 may be used to indicate no switching, and the like.
  • 01 can be used to indicate the number of ports is 1, 10 can be used to indicate the number of ports to be 2, 11 can be used to indicate the number of ports to be 4, etc.
  • the activated SRS resource or SRS resource set is determined according to a predefined rule or high-level configuration parameters and DCI indication information.
  • the activation/deactivation of one or more SRS resources may be indicated through DCI (such as the DCI used to trigger the SRS resource set or SRS resource).
  • the activated SRS resources or SRS resource sets are determined through predefined rules or high-level configuration parameters.
  • the network device may configure one or more SRS resources for the terminal device through high-level signaling, and the one or more SRS resources may be located in one SRS resource set, or may be located in multiple SRS resource sets.
  • the terminal device receives the first indication information, one or more AP SRS resources or one AP SRS resource set is activated, and the terminal device receives DCI, and the DCI triggers all or all of the one or more AP SRS resources or one AP SRS resource set part, the terminal device sends the AP SRS corresponding to the triggered SRS resource; when the terminal device does not receive the first indication information, the terminal device receives DCI, and the DCI triggers one or more AP SRS resources or all or part of an AP SRS resource set , the above-mentioned one or more AP SRS resources or one AP SRS resource set are determined according to predefined rules or high-level configuration parameters.
  • the above-mentioned one or more AP SRS resources or one AP SRS resource set is determined according to predefined rules, which means that the above-mentioned one or more AP SRS resources or one AP SRS resource set are all configured by the network device through high-layer signaling
  • the resource set for antenna switching, or, the above-mentioned one or more AP SRS resources or one AP SRS resource set is A of the resource sets for antenna switching configured by the network device through high-level signaling.
  • A is a natural number.
  • A is configured by a high-level parameter.
  • three SRS resource sets are configured in high-level signaling, and the use case of the three SRS resource sets is configured as antenna switching.
  • each network element includes a corresponding hardware structure and/or software module (or unit) for performing each function.
  • the present application can be implemented in the form of hardware or a combination of hardware and computer software in combination with the units and algorithm steps of each example described in the embodiments disclosed herein. Whether a certain function is executed by hardware or computer software drives hardware depends on the specific application and design constraints of the technical solution. Those skilled in the art may use different methods to implement the described functions for each specific application, but such implementation should not be regarded as exceeding the scope of the present application.
  • FIG. 26 and FIG. 27 are schematic structural diagrams of possible communication devices provided by the embodiments of the present application. These communication apparatuses may be used to realize the functions of the terminal device or the network device in the foregoing method embodiments, and thus also realize the beneficial effects of the foregoing method embodiments.
  • the communication device may be the terminal device or the network device in the above method embodiments, or may be a module (such as a chip) applied to the terminal device or the network device.
  • the communication device 2600 may include: a processing unit 2602 , a transceiver unit 2603 , and may also include a storage unit 2601 .
  • the communication device 2600 is configured to realize the functions of the terminal device or the network device in the foregoing method embodiments.
  • the processing unit 2602 is configured to implement corresponding processing functions.
  • the transceiver unit 2603 is used to support communication between the communication device 2600 and other network entities.
  • the storage unit 2601 is configured to store program codes and/or data of the communication device 2600 .
  • the transceiver unit 2603 may include a receiving unit and/or a sending unit, configured to perform receiving and sending operations respectively.
  • the transceiver unit 2603 is configured to obtain first indication information, where the first indication information is used to indicate the activation/deactivation status of one or more reference signal RS resource sets, where the activation/deactivation status of the one or more RS resource sets is
  • the deactivation state is any one of the following: among the one or more RS resource sets, N RS resource sets are activated, and M RS resource sets other than the N RS resource sets are not activated; In one or more sets of RS resources, N sets of RS resources are activated, and M sets of RS resources other than the N sets of RS resources are deactivated; in the set of one or more sets of RS resources, N sets of RS resources set is deactivated, and M RS resource sets other than the N RS resources are not deactivated; wherein the one or more RS resource sets include RS resource sets and/or resources whose resource type is set to semi-persistent The type is set to an aperiodic RS resource set, and the N and M are natural
  • the processing unit 2602 is configured to control the transmission of the RS according to the first indication information.
  • the first indication information includes a first field; the bit state of the first field is associated with the second field or the third field; or, the bit state of the first field is associated with the second field Some bits of the second field or some bits of the third field are associated.
  • the bit state of the first field belongs to a first bit state set, and the second field is used to indicate the activation/deactivation state of a RS resource set whose resource type is set to semi-persistent;
  • the bit state of the first field belongs to the second bit state set, and the third field or some bits of the third field are used to indicate the activation/deactivation state of one or more resource types set to aperiodic RS resource sets; or,
  • the bit state of the first field belongs to the second bit state set, and the third field or some bits of the third field are used to indicate multiple RS resource sets including the resource type set to aperiodic and the resource type set to semi-persistent activation/deactivation status.
  • the first indication information includes a first field and a second field, and the bit state of the first field is associated with the second field; the first field is used to indicate the RS resource ID of a set group, the second field is used to indicate the activation/deactivation status of one or more RS resource sets in the RS resource set group.
  • the first indication information includes a first field and a second field, and the bit state of the first field is associated with the second field; the first field is used to indicate the number of ports , the second field is used to indicate the activation/deactivation status of one or more RS resource sets, and the RS resources included in the one or more RS resource sets are all composed of RS ports of the port number.
  • the first indication information includes a first field and a second field; the first field is used to indicate the activation/deactivation of one or more RS resource sets whose resource type is set to semi-persistent Status: the second field is used to indicate the activation/deactivation status of one or more RS resource sets whose resource type is set to aperiodic.
  • the first indication information is determined by any one of the following media access control MAC subheaders: the code point of the logical channel identifier LCID or the MAC subheader with an index of 50; the enhanced logical channel identifier eLCID MAC sub-headers with a code point of 248 and an index of 312; MAC sub-headers with a code point of LCID greater than 255 and/or an index greater than 319.
  • the transceiver unit 2603 is configured to acquire first indication information, where the first indication information is used to indicate the activation/deactivation status of one or more reference signal RS resources, wherein the one or more The activation/deactivation status of multiple RS resources is any one of the following: among the one or more RS resources, N RS resources are activated, and the M RS resources other than the N RS resources are not is activated; among the one or more RS resources, N RS resources are activated, and M RS resources other than the N RS resources are deactivated; among the one or more RS resources, N The RS resource is deactivated, and the M RS resources other than the N RS resources are not deactivated; the N and M are natural numbers;
  • the processing unit 2602 is configured to control RS transmission according to the first indication information.
  • the first indication information is used to indicate that among one or more RS resources, N RS resources are activated, and M RS resources other than the N RS resources are not activated
  • the controlling RS transmission according to the first indication information includes: sending RSs on the N RS resources according to the first indication information; or,
  • the first indication information is used to indicate that among one or more RS resources, N RS resources are activated and M RS resources other than the N RS resources are deactivated.
  • the first indication Information control RS transmission including: according to the first indication information, sending RSs on the N RS resources, and stopping sending RSs corresponding to the M RS resources; or,
  • the first indication information is used to indicate that among one or more RS resources, N RS resources are deactivated, and M RS resources other than the N RS resources are not deactivated.
  • the instruction information to control the transmission of the RS includes: stopping sending the RSs corresponding to the N RS resources.
  • the one or more RS resources are included in one RS resource set, and the resource type of the one RS resource set is set to semi-persistent; or, the one or more RS resources are included in an RS resource set or multiple RS resource sets, the resource type of the one or multiple RS resource sets is set to aperiodic; the one or multiple RS resource sets are included in multiple RS resource sets, and the multiple RS resource sets include resource types Set as aperiodic RS resource set and resource type as semi-persistent RS resource set.
  • any RS resource in the N RS resources consists of a first number of RS ports.
  • the first indication information includes L bits, different bits in the L bits are associated with different RS resources in the one or more RS resources, and the L bits One of the bits is used to indicate the activation/deactivation state of the RS resource associated with the bit, where L is a positive integer.
  • the association relationship between the L bits and the one or more RS resources is determined according to the RS resource ID of the RS resource and/or the RS resource set ID corresponding to the RS resource .
  • the RS resource set ID corresponding to the RS resource associated with the i-th bit among the L bits is smaller than the RS resource set ID corresponding to the RS resource associated with the i+1-th bit; or, The RS resource ID of the RS resource associated with the i-th bit among the L bits is smaller than the RS resource ID of the RS resource associated with the i+1-th bit; wherein, 1 ⁇ i ⁇ L, and i is an integer.
  • the RS resource set ID corresponding to the RS resource associated with the i-th bit among the L bits is greater than the RS resource set ID corresponding to the RS resource associated with the i+1-th bit; or, The RS resource ID of the RS resource associated with the i-th bit among the L bits is greater than the RS resource ID of the RS resource associated with the i+1-th bit; wherein, 1 ⁇ i ⁇ L, and i is an integer.
  • the RS resource set ID of the RS resource set where the RS resource type is set as semi-persistent is smaller than the RS resource set ID of the RS resource set where the RS resource type is set as aperiodic.
  • the first O bits of the L bits are used to indicate the activation/deactivation status of RS resources whose resource type is set to semi-persistent, and the last P bits are used to indicate that the resource type is set to non-persistent.
  • the activation/deactivation state of the periodic RS resource, the O and the P are natural numbers.
  • the first indication information includes a first field and a second field, and the bit state of the first field is associated with the second field; the first field is used to indicate the number of ports , the second field is used to indicate the activation/deactivation status of the RS resources in the set of one or more RS resources composed of the RS ports of the port number.
  • the first field includes M bits, and different bits in the M bits are associated with the one or more RS resource sets; or, the first field includes M bits, different bits in the M bits are associated with the one or more RS resources.
  • the first indication information is determined by any one of the following media access control MAC subheaders: the code point of the logical channel identifier LCID or the MAC subheader with an index of 50; the enhanced logical channel identifier eLCID MAC sub-headers with a code point of 248 and an index of 312; MAC sub-headers with a code point of LCID greater than 255 and/or an index greater than 319.
  • the processing unit 2602 is configured to generate first indication information, where the first indication information is used to indicate the activation/deactivation status of one or more reference signal RS resource sets, where the activation/deactivation status of the one or more RS resource sets is
  • the deactivation state is any one of the following: among the one or more RS resource sets, N RS resource sets are activated, and M RS resource sets other than the N RS resource sets are not activated; In one or more sets of RS resources, N sets of RS resources are activated, and M sets of RS resources other than the N sets of RS resources are deactivated; in the set of one or more sets of RS resources, N sets of RS resources set is deactivated, and M RS resource sets other than the N RS resources are not deactivated; wherein the one or more RS resource sets include RS resource sets and/or resources whose resource type is set to semi-persistent The type is set to an aperiodic RS resource set, and the N and M are natural numbers;
  • the transceiving unit 2603 is configured to send the first indication information.
  • the first indication information includes a first field; the bit state of the first field is associated with the second field or the third field; or, the bit state of the first field is associated with the second field Some bits of the second field or some bits of the third field are associated.
  • the bit state of the first field belongs to a first bit state set, and the second field is used to indicate an activation/deactivation state of an RS resource set whose resource type is set to semi-persistent;
  • the bit state of the first field belongs to the second bit state set, and the third field or some bits of the third field are used to indicate the activation/deactivation state of one or more resource types set to aperiodic RS resource sets ;or,
  • the bit state of the first field belongs to the second bit state set, and the third field or some bits of the third field are used to indicate multiple RS resource sets including the resource type set to aperiodic and the resource type set to semi-persistent activation/deactivation status.
  • the first indication information includes a first field and a second field, and the bit state of the first field is associated with the second field; the first field is used to indicate the RS resource ID of a set group, the second field is used to indicate the activation/deactivation status of one or more RS resource sets in the RS resource set group.
  • the first indication information includes a first field and a second field, and the bit state of the first field is associated with the second field; the first field is used to indicate the number of ports , the second field is used to indicate the activation/deactivation status of one or more RS resource sets, and the RS resources included in the one or more RS resource sets are all composed of RS ports of the port number.
  • the first indication information includes a first field and a second field; the first field is used to indicate the activation/deactivation of one or more RS resource sets whose resource type is set to semi-persistent Status: the second field is used to indicate the activation/deactivation status of one or more RS resource sets whose resource type is set to aperiodic.
  • the first indication information is determined by any one of the following media access control MAC subheaders: the code point of the logical channel identifier LCID or the MAC subheader with an index of 50; the enhanced logical channel identifier eLCID MAC sub-headers with a code point of 248 and an index of 312; MAC sub-headers with a code point of LCID greater than 255 and/or an index greater than 319.
  • the processing unit 2602 is configured to generate first indication information, where the first indication information is used to indicate the activation/deactivation status of one or more reference signal RS resources, where the one or The activation/deactivation status of multiple RS resources is any one of the following: among the one or more RS resources, N RS resources are activated, and the M RS resources other than the N RS resources are not is activated; among the one or more RS resources, N RS resources are activated, and M RS resources other than the N RS resources are deactivated; among the one or more RS resources, N The RS resource is deactivated, and the M RS resources other than the N RS resources are not deactivated; the N and M are natural numbers;
  • the transceiving unit 2603 is configured to send the first indication information.
  • the one or more RS resources are included in one RS resource set, and the resource type of the one RS resource set is set to semi-persistent; or,
  • the one or more RS resources are included in one or more RS resource sets, and the resource type of the one or more RS resource sets is set to aperiodic;
  • the one or more RS resources are included in multiple RS resource sets, and the multiple RS resource sets include an RS resource set whose resource type is set to be aperiodic and an RS resource set whose resource type is set to be semi-persistent.
  • any RS resource in the N RS resources consists of a first number of RS ports.
  • the first indication information includes L bits, different bits in the L bits are associated with different RS resources in the one or more RS resources, and the L bits One of the bits is used to indicate the activation/deactivation state of the RS resource associated with the bit, where L is a positive integer.
  • the association relationship between the L bits and the one or more RS resources is determined according to the RS resource ID of the RS resource and/or the RS resource set ID corresponding to the RS resource .
  • the RS resource set ID corresponding to the RS resource associated with the i-th bit among the L bits is smaller than the RS resource set ID corresponding to the RS resource associated with the i+1-th bit; or, The RS resource ID of the RS resource associated with the i-th bit among the L bits is smaller than the RS resource ID of the RS resource associated with the i+1-th bit; wherein, 1 ⁇ i ⁇ L, and i is an integer.
  • the RS resource set ID corresponding to the RS resource associated with the i-th bit among the L bits is greater than the RS resource set ID corresponding to the RS resource associated with the i+1-th bit; or, The RS resource ID of the RS resource associated with the i-th bit among the L bits is greater than the RS resource ID of the RS resource associated with the i+1-th bit; wherein, 1 ⁇ i ⁇ L, and i is an integer.
  • the RS resource set ID of the RS resource set where the RS resource type is set as semi-persistent is smaller than the RS resource set ID of the RS resource set where the RS resource type is set as aperiodic.
  • the first O bits of the L bits are used to indicate the activation/deactivation status of RS resources whose resource type is set to semi-persistent, and the last P bits are used to indicate that the resource type is set to non-persistent.
  • the activation/deactivation state of the periodic RS resource, the O and the P are natural numbers.
  • the first indication information includes a first field and a second field, and the bit state of the first field is associated with the second field; the first field is used to indicate the number of ports , the second field is used to indicate the activation/deactivation status of the RS resources in the set of one or more RS resources composed of the RS ports of the port number.
  • the first field includes M bits, and different bits in the M bits are associated with the one or more RS resource sets; or, the first field includes M bits, different bits in the M bits are associated with the one or more RS resources.
  • the first indication information is determined by any one of the following media access control MAC subheaders: the code point of the logical channel identifier LCID or the MAC subheader with an index of 50; the enhanced logical channel identifier eLCID MAC sub-headers with a code point of 248 and an index of 312; MAC sub-headers with a code point of LCID greater than 255 and/or an index greater than 319.
  • processing unit 2602 and the transceiver unit 2603 can be directly obtained by referring to related descriptions in the method embodiments, and details are not repeated here.
  • a communication device 2700 includes a processor 2710 and an interface circuit 2720 .
  • the processor 2710 and the interface circuit 2720 are coupled to each other.
  • the interface circuit 2720 may be a transceiver or an input/output interface.
  • the communication device 2700 may further include a memory 2730 for storing instructions executed by the processor 2710 or storing input data required by the processor 2710 to execute the instructions or storing data generated by the processor 2710 after executing the instructions.
  • the processor 2710 is used to implement the functions of the processing unit 2602
  • the interface circuit 2720 is used to implement the functions of the transceiver unit 2603.
  • a computer-readable storage medium on which instructions are stored, and when the instructions are executed, the communication methods applicable to terminal devices or network devices in the above method embodiments can be executed.
  • a computer program product including instructions is provided, and when the instructions are executed, the communication method applicable to a terminal device or a network device in the foregoing method embodiments can be executed.
  • a chip is provided, and when the chip is running, the communication method applicable to a terminal device or a network device in the foregoing method embodiments can be executed.
  • the embodiments of the present application may be provided as methods, systems, or computer program products. Accordingly, the present application may take the form of an entirely hardware embodiment, an entirely software embodiment, or an embodiment combining software and hardware aspects. Furthermore, the present application may take the form of a computer program product embodied on one or more computer-usable storage media (including but not limited to disk storage, CD-ROM, optical storage, etc.) having computer-usable program code embodied therein.
  • computer-usable storage media including but not limited to disk storage, CD-ROM, optical storage, etc.
  • These computer program instructions may also be stored in a computer-readable memory capable of directing a computer or other programmable data processing apparatus to operate in a specific manner, such that the instructions stored in the computer-readable memory produce an article of manufacture comprising instruction means, the instructions
  • the device realizes the function specified in one or more procedures of the flowchart and/or one or more blocks of the block diagram.

Landscapes

  • Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Signal Processing (AREA)
  • Computer Networks & Wireless Communication (AREA)
  • Mobile Radio Communication Systems (AREA)

Abstract

本申请涉及通信技术领域，公开了一种通信方法及装置，用以解决xTyR配置切换时延较大，存在切换不及时的问题。该方法包括：获取第一指示信息，所述第一指示信息用于指示一个或多个参考信号RS资源集的激活/去激活状态，其中所述一个或多个RS资源集中包括资源类型设置为半持续的RS资源集和/或资源类型设置为非周期的RS资源集；根据所述第一指示信息控制RS的传输。

Description

一种通信方法及装置
相关申请的交叉引用
本申请要求在2021年08月06日提交中国专利局、申请号为202110903435.7、申请名称为“一种通信方法及装置”的中国专利申请的优先权，其全部内容通过引用结合在本申请中。
技术领域
本申请实施例涉及无线通信领域，尤其涉及一种通信方法及装置。
背景技术
在第五代无线接入系统标准新空口(new radio，NR)中，探测参考信号(sounding reference signal，SRS)目前支持四种功能包括基于码本的上行传输、基于非码本的上行传输、波束管理以及天线切换。在不同的应用场景下，网络设备可以通过高层参数为终端设备配置一个或多个SRS资源集，每一个SRS资源集的适用性通过高层参数用例(usage)配置。示例性地，usage包括码本(codebook，CB)，非码本(nonCodebook，NCB)，波束管理(beamManagement，BM)以及天线切换(antennaSwitching，AS)四种用例，分别对应上述SRS可以实现的四种不同功能。其中，对于时分复用(time division duplexing，TDD)系统，考虑到上下行信道的互易性，网络设备可以根据用于天线切换功能的SRS探测到的上行信道信息获取下行信道信息。
通常，终端设备支持用于同时接收信号的天线的数量大于或等于用于同时发送信号的天线的数量。例如，终端设备中设置有2个或更多个天线，终端设备支持2个天线同时接收信号，所述2个天线中在一个时刻只有一个天线可以发送信号。该方式也可以理解为终端设备具有1T2R的能力。如果终端支持一部分天线同时发送信号，不支持所有天线同时发送信号，则为了获得全信道特性，就需要终端设备引入天线切换(antenna switching)特性，在上行能力范围内，多个天线轮流发送SRS，使得终端设备可以在一段时间内完成所有天线的SRS发送。
目前，多输入多输出(multiple-input multiple-output，MIMO)技术已明确至多8根天线的SRS切换(例如，xTyR，x＝{1，2，4}、y＝{6，8}，xT表示发送天线数为x，R代表接收天线数为y)。为了更好的实现终端设备的节能和网络配置灵活性，终端设备可以上报支持一种或多种xTyR的能力。网络设备可以根据终端设备上报的一种或多种xTyR的能力，选择一种xTyR通过无线资源控制(radio resource control，RRC)信令为终端设备配置SRS资源集。然而，当终端设备支持多种xTyR时，终端设备需要节能或网络设备需要获得全信道信息时，网络设备只能通过RRC重配等方式实现为终端设备配置不同的xTyR的SRS资源集。xTyR配置切换时延较大，存在切换不及时的问题。
发明内容
本申请实施例提供一种通信方法及装置，用以解决xTyR配置切换时延较大，存在切 换不及时的问题。
第一方面，本申请实施例提供一种通信方法，该方法包括：获取第一指示信息，所述第一指示信息用于指示一个或多个参考信号RS资源集的激活/去激活状态，其中所述一个或多个RS资源集的激活/去激活状态为以下中的任意一项：所述一个或多个RS资源集中，N个RS资源集被激活，除所述N个RS资源集之外的M个RS资源集不被激活；所述一个或多个RS资源集中，N个RS资源集被激活，除所述N个RS资源之外的M个RS资源集被去激活；所述一个或多个RS资源集中，N个RS资源集被去激活，除所述N个RS资源之外的M个RS资源集不被去激活；其中所述一个或多个RS资源集中包括资源类型设置为半持续的RS资源集和/或资源类型设置为非周期的RS资源集，所述N、M为自然数；根据所述第一指示信息控制RS的传输。
采用上述方法，可以灵活指示半持续RS资源集和/或非周期RS资源集的激活或去激活，实现灵活天线切换的指示，避免xTyR配置切换时延较大，存在切换不及时的问题。
在一种可能的设计中，所述第一指示信息包括第一字段；所述第一字段的比特状态与第二字段或第三字段相关联；或者，所述第一字段的比特状态与第二字段的部分比特或第三字段的部分比特相关联。
在一种可能的设计中，所述第一字段的比特状态属于第一比特状态集合，所述第二字段用于指示一个资源类型设置为半持续的RS资源集的激活/去激活状态；所述第一字段的比特状态属于第二比特状态集合，所述第三字段或第三字段的部分比特用于指示一个或多个资源类型设置为非周期的RS资源集的激活/去激活状态；或，所述第一字段的比特状态属于第二比特状态集合，所述第三字段或第三字段的部分比特用于指示包括资源类型设置为非周期和资源类型设置为半持续的多个RS资源集的激活/去激活状态。
上述设计中，可以利用同一个AP RS资源集中每个资源对应的端口数相同的特性对AP RS资源集进行分组，只对某一个RS资源集组内的RS资源集进行bitmap指示。并可以采用对SP RS资源集和AP RS资源集进行分组，统一SP-RS与AP-RS的配置方法，节省信令，同时在采用MAC信令承载第一指示信息时，也可以避免对C/SUL两个字段的重复配置。
在一种可能的设计中，所述第一指示信息包括第一字段和第二字段，所述第一字段的比特状态与所述第二字段相关联；所述第一字段用于指示RS资源集组的ID，所述第二字段用于指示所述RS资源集组中的一个或多个RS资源集的激活/去激活状态。
应理解，所述第一字段的比特状态与所述第二字段相关联，指的是，根据第一字段的比特状态确定第二字段指示的信息。
上述设计中，可以利用某一特性，如端口数，对AP RS资源集和/或SP RS资源集进行分组，统一配置，节省信令，同时在采用MAC信令承载第一指示信息时，也可以避免对C/SUL两个字段的重复配置。
在一种可能的设计中，所述RS资源集组中包含一个或多个RS资源集，所述一个或多个RS资源集包含的RS资源均由相同数量的RS端口组成。
在一种可能的设计中，所述第一指示信息包括第一字段和第二字段，所述第一字段的比特状态与所述第二字段相关联；所述第一字段用于指示端口数量，所述第二字段用于指示一个或多个RS资源集的激活/去激活状态，所述一个或多个RS资源集包含的RS资源均由所述端口数量的RS端口组成。
在一种可能的设计中，所述第一指示信息包括第一字段和第二字段；所述第一字段用于指示资源类型设置为半持续的一个或多个RS资源集的激活/去激活状态；所述第二字段用于指示资源类型设置为非周期的一个或多个RS资源集的激活/去激活状态。
在上述设计中，可以针对SP SRS Activation/Deactivation MAC CE和Enhanced SP/AP SRS Spatial Relation Indication MAC CE的Oct进行进一步设计，用于承载第一指示信息，以在不增加这两个MAC CE开销的前提下，实现用于RS资源集的灵活指示。如实现1-2个SPRS资源集和/或1-4个APRS资源集激活或去激活状态的指示。
在一种可能的设计中，所述一个或多个参考信号RS资源集中的每一个RS资源集中包含的RS资源由相同的数量的RS端口组成。也就是说，包含在同一个RS资源集中的RS资源由相同的数量的RS端口组成。包含在不同RS资源集中的RS资源由相同数量的RS端口组成，或者由不同数量的RS端口组成。
在一种可能的设计中，所述第一指示信息由以下任意一项的媒体接入控制MAC子头确定：逻辑信道标识LCID的码点或索引为50的MAC子头；增强逻辑信道标识eLCID的码点为248且索引为312的MAC子头；LCID的码点大于255和/或索引大于319的MAC子头。
第二方面，本申请实施例提供一种通信方法，该方法包括：获取第一指示信息，所述第一指示信息用于指示一个或多个参考信号RS资源的激活/去激活状态，其中所述一个或多个RS资源的激活/去激活状态为以下中的任意一项：所述一个或多个RS资源中，N个RS资源被激活，除所述N个RS资源之外的M个RS资源不被激活；所述一个或多个RS资源中，N个RS资源被激活，除所述N个RS资源之外的M个RS资源被去激活；所述一个或多个RS资源中，N个RS资源被去激活，除所述N个RS资源之外的M个RS资源不被去激活；所述N、M为自然数；根据所述第一指示信息控制RS的传输。
上述设计中，可以RS资源为单位灵活指示半持续RS资源集和/或非周期RS资源集的激活或去激活，实现灵活天线切换的指示，避免xTyR配置切换时延较大，存在切换不及时的问题。
在一种可能的设计中，所述第一指示信息用于指示一个或多个RS资源中，N个RS资源被激活，除所述N个RS资源之外的M个RS资源不被激活，所述根据所述第一指示信息控制RS的传输，包括：根据所述第一指示信息，在所述N个RS资源上发送RS；
或，所述第一指示信息用于指示一个或多个RS资源中，N个RS资源被激活，除所述N个RS资源之外的M个RS资源被去激活，所述根据所述第一指示信息控制RS的传输，包括：根据所述第一指示信息，在所述N个RS资源上发送RS，停止发送所述M个RS资源对应的RS；或，所述第一指示信息用于指示一个或多个RS资源中，N个RS资源被去激活，除所述N个RS资源之外的M个RS资源不被去激活，所述根据所述第一指示信息控制RS的传输，包括：停止发送所述N个RS资源对应的RS。
在一种可能的设计中，所述一个或多个RS资源包含在一个RS资源集中，所述一个RS资源集的资源类型设置为半持续；或，所述一个或多个RS资源包含在一个或多个RS资源集中，所述一个或多个RS资源集的资源类型设置为非周期；所述一个或多个RS资源包含在多个RS资源集中，所述多个RS资源集包括资源类型设置为非周期的RS资源集和资源类型设置为半持续的RS资源集。
在一种可能的设计中，所述N个RS资源中的任一RS资源由第一数量的RS端口组成。
在一种可能的设计中，任一RS资源由第一数量的RS端口组成，指的是，任一RS资源对应第一数量的RS端口；任一RS资源是用于发送一个RS的资源，一个RS对应第一数量的RS端口。
在一种可能的设计中，所述第一指示信息中包括L个比特，所述L个比特中的不同比特与所述一个或多个RS资源中的不同RS资源相关联，所述L个比特中的一个比特用于指示与所述比特关联的RS资源的激活/去激活状态，其中，L为正整数。
在一种可能的设计中，所述L个比特与所述一个或多个RS资源的关联关系，根据所述RS资源的RS资源ID和/或所述RS资源所对应的RS资源集ID确定。
在一种可能的设计中，所述L个比特中第i个比特关联的RS资源所对应的RS资源集ID小于第i+1个比特关联的RS资源所对应的RS资源集ID；或，所述L个比特中第i个比特关联的RS资源的RS资源ID小于第i+1个比特关联的RS资源的RS资源ID；其中，1≤i＜L，i为整数。
在一种可能的设计中，所述L个比特中第i个比特关联的RS资源所对应的RS资源集ID大于第i+1个比特关联的RS资源所对应的RS资源集ID；或，所述L个比特中第i个比特关联的RS资源的RS资源ID大于第i+1个比特关联的RS资源的RS资源ID；其中，1≤i＜L，i为整数。
在一种可能的设计中，资源类型设置为半持续的RS资源所在的RS资源集的RS资源集ID小于资源类型设置为非周期的RS资源所在的RS资源集的RS资源集ID。
在一种可能的设计中，所述L个比特中的前O个比特用于指示资源类型设置为半持续的RS资源的激活/去激活状态，后P个比特用于指示资源类型设置为非周期的RS资源的激活/去激活状态，所述O、所述P为自然数。
在一种可能的设计中，所述第一指示信息包括第一字段和第二字段，所述第一字段的比特状态与所述第二字段相关联；所述第一字段用于指示端口数量，所述第二字段用于指示所述一个或多个RS资源集中由所述端口数量的RS端口组成的RS资源的激活/去激活状态。
在一种可能的设计中，所述第一字段中包括M个比特，所述M个比特中的不同比特与所述一个或多个RS资源集相关联；或者，所述第一字段中包括M个比特，所述M个比特中的不同比特与所述一个或多个RS资源相关联。
在一种可能的设计中，所述第一指示信息由以下任意一项的媒体接入控制MAC子头确定：逻辑信道标识LCID的码点或索引为50的MAC子头；增强逻辑信道标识eLCID的码点为248且索引为312的MAC子头；LCID的码点大于255和/或索引大于319的MAC子头。
第三方面，本申请实施例提供一种通信方法，该方法包括：生成第一指示信息，所述第一指示信息用于指示一个或多个参考信号RS资源集的激活/去激活状态，其中所述一个或多个RS资源集的激活/去激活状态为以下中的任意一项：所述一个或多个RS资源集中，N个RS资源集被激活，除所述N个RS资源集之外的M个RS资源集不被激活；所述一个或多个RS资源集中，N个RS资源集被激活，除所述N个RS资源之外的M个RS资源集被去激活；所述一个或多个RS资源集中，N个RS资源集被去激活，除所述N个RS资源之外的M个RS资源集不被去激活；其中所述一个或多个RS资源集中包括资源类型设置为半持续的RS资源集和/或资源类型设置为非周期的RS资源集，所述N、M为自然 数；发送所述第一指示信息。
在一种可能的设计中，所述第一指示信息包括第一字段；所述第一字段的比特状态与第二字段或第三字段相关联；或者，所述第一字段的比特状态与第二字段的部分比特或第三字段的部分比特相关联。
在一种可能的设计中，所述第一字段的比特状态属于第一比特状态集合，所述第二字段用于指示一个资源类型设置为半持续的RS资源集的激活/去激活状态；所述第一字段的比特状态属于第二比特状态集合，所述第三字段或第三字段的部分比特用于指示一个或多个资源类型设置为非周期的RS资源集的激活/去激活状态；或，所述第一字段的比特状态属于第二比特状态集合，所述第三字段或第三字段的部分比特用于指示包括资源类型设置为非周期和资源类型设置为半持续的多个RS资源集的激活/去激活状态。
在一种可能的设计中，所述第一指示信息包括第一字段和第二字段，所述第一字段的比特状态与所述第二字段相关联；所述第一字段用于指示RS资源集组的ID，所述第二字段用于指示所述RS资源集组中的一个或多个RS资源集的激活/去激活状态。
在一种可能的设计中，所述RS资源集组中包含一个或多个RS资源集，所述一个或多个RS资源集包含的RS资源均由相同数量的RS端口组成。
在一种可能的设计中，所述第一指示信息包括第一字段和第二字段，所述第一字段的比特状态与所述第二字段相关联；所述第一字段用于指示端口数量，所述第二字段用于指示一个或多个RS资源集的激活/去激活状态，所述一个或多个RS资源集包含的RS资源均由所述端口数量的RS端口组成。
在一种可能的设计中，所述第一指示信息包括第一字段和第二字段；所述第一字段用于指示资源类型设置为半持续的一个或多个RS资源集的激活/去激活状态；所述第二字段用于指示资源类型设置为非周期的一个或多个RS资源集的激活/去激活状态。
在一种可能的设计中，所述一个或多个参考信号RS资源集中的每一个RS资源集中包含的RS资源由相同的数量的RS端口组成。
在一种可能的设计中，所述第一指示信息由以下任意一项的媒体接入控制MAC子头确定：逻辑信道标识LCID的码点或索引为50的MAC子头；增强逻辑信道标识eLCID的码点为248且索引为312的MAC子头；LCID的码点大于255和/或索引大于319的MAC子头。
第四方面，本申请实施例提供一种通信方法，该方法包括：生成第一指示信息，所述第一指示信息用于指示一个或多个参考信号RS资源的激活/去激活状态，其中所述一个或多个RS资源的激活/去激活状态为以下中的任意一项：所述一个或多个RS资源中，N个RS资源被激活，除所述N个RS资源之外的M个RS资源不被激活；所述一个或多个RS资源中，N个RS资源被激活，除所述N个RS资源之外的M个RS资源被去激活；所述一个或多个RS资源中，N个RS资源被去激活，除所述N个RS资源之外的M个RS资源不被去激活；所述N、M为自然数；发送所述第一指示信息。
在一种可能的设计中，所述一个或多个RS资源包含在一个RS资源集中，所述一个RS资源集的资源类型设置为半持续；或，所述一个或多个RS资源包含在一个或多个RS资源集中，所述一个或多个RS资源集的资源类型设置为非周期；所述一个或多个RS资源包含在多个RS资源集中，所述多个RS资源集包括资源类型设置为非周期的RS资源集和资源类型设置为半持续的RS资源集。
在一种可能的设计中，所述N个RS资源中的任一RS资源由第一数量的RS端口组成。
在一种可能的设计中，所述第一指示信息中包括L个比特，所述L个比特中的不同比特与所述一个或多个RS资源中的不同RS资源相关联，所述L个比特中的一个比特用于指示与所述比特关联的RS资源的激活/去激活状态，其中，L为正整数。
在一种可能的设计中，所述L个比特与所述一个或多个RS资源的关联关系，根据所述RS资源的RS资源ID和/或所述RS资源所对应的RS资源集ID确定。
在一种可能的设计中，所述L个比特中第i个比特关联的RS资源所对应的RS资源集ID小于第i+1个比特关联的RS资源所对应的RS资源集ID；或，所述L个比特中第i个比特关联的RS资源的RS资源ID小于第i+1个比特关联的RS资源的RS资源ID；其中，1≤i＜L，i为整数。
在一种可能的设计中，所述L个比特中第i个比特关联的RS资源所对应的RS资源集ID大于第i+1个比特关联的RS资源所对应的RS资源集ID；或，所述L个比特中第i个比特关联的RS资源的RS资源ID大于第i+1个比特关联的RS资源的RS资源ID；其中，1≤i＜L，i为整数。
在一种可能的设计中，资源类型设置为半持续的RS资源所在的RS资源集的RS资源集ID小于资源类型设置为非周期的RS资源所在的RS资源集的RS资源集ID。
在一种可能的设计中，所述L个比特中的前O个比特用于指示资源类型设置为半持续的RS资源的激活/去激活状态，后P个比特用于指示资源类型设置为非周期的RS资源的激活/去激活状态，所述O、所述P为自然数。
在一种可能的设计中，所述第一指示信息包括第一字段和第二字段，所述第一字段的比特状态与所述第二字段相关联；所述第一字段用于指示端口数量，所述第二字段用于指示所述一个或多个RS资源集中由所述端口数量的RS端口组成的RS资源的激活/去激活状态。
在一种可能的设计中，所述第一字段中包括M个比特，所述M个比特中的不同比特与所述一个或多个RS资源集相关联；或者，所述第一字段中包括M个比特，所述M个比特中的不同比特与所述一个或多个RS资源相关联。
在一种可能的设计中，所述第一指示信息由以下任意一项的媒体接入控制MAC子头确定：逻辑信道标识LCID的码点或索引为50的MAC子头；增强逻辑信道标识eLCID的码点为248且索引为312的MAC子头；LCID的码点大于255和/或索引大于319的MAC子头。
第五方面，本申请实施例提供一种通信装置，该装置具有实现上述第一方面或者第一方面的任一种可能的设计中方法，或实现上述第二方面或者第二方面的任一种可能的设计中方法的功能，所述功能可以通过硬件实现，也可以通过硬件执行相应的软件实现。所述硬件或软件包括一个或多个与上述功能相对应的模块(或单元)，比如包括收发单元和处理单元。
在一个可能的设计中，该装置可以是芯片或者集成电路。
在一个可能的设计中，该装置包括存储器和处理器，存储器用于存储所述处理器执行的程序，当程序被处理器执行时，所述装置可以执行上述第一方面或者第一方面的任一种可能的设计中的方法，或执行上述第二方面或者第二方面的任一种可能的设计中的方法。
在一个可能的设计中，该装置可以为终端设备。
第六方面，本申请实施例提供一种通信装置，该装置具有实现上述第三方面或者第三方面的任一种可能的设计中方法，或实现上述第四方面或者第四方面的任一种可能的设计中方法的功能，所述功能可以通过硬件实现，也可以通过硬件执行相应的软件实现。所述硬件或软件包括一个或多个与上述功能相对应的模块(或单元)，比如包括收发单元和处理单元。
在一个可能的设计中，该装置可以是芯片或者集成电路。
在一个可能的设计中，该装置包括存储器和处理器，存储器用于存储所述处理器执行的程序，当程序被处理器执行时，所述装置可以执行上述第三方面或者第三方面的任一种可能的设计中的方法，或执行上述第四方面或者第四方面的任一种可能的设计中的方法。
在一个可能的设计中，该装置可以为网络设备。
第七方面，本申请实施例提供一种通信系统，所述通信系统包括终端设备和网络设备，所述终端设备可以执行上述第一方面或者第一方面的任一种可能的设计中的方法，所述网络设备可以执行上述第三面或者第三方面的任一种可能的设计中的方法；或所述终端设备可以执行上述第二方面或者第二方面的任一种可能的设计中的方法，所述网络设备可以执行上述第四面或者第四方面的任一种可能的设计中的方法。
第八方面，本申请实施例提供一种计算机可读存储介质，所述存储介质中存储有计算机程序或指令，当所述计算机程序或指令被通信装置执行时，可以实现上述第一方面或者第一方面的任一种可能的设计中所述的方法，或实现上述第二方面或者第二方面的任一种可能的设计中所述的方法，或实现上述第三方面或者第三方面的任一种可能的设计中所述的方法，或实现上述第四方面或者第四方面的任一种可能的设计中所述的方法。
第九方面，本申请实施例还提供一种计算机程序产品，包括计算机程序或指令，当计算机程序或指令被通信装置执行时，可以实现上述第一方面或者第一方面的任一种可能的设计中所述的方法，或实现上述第二方面或者第二方面的任一种可能的设计中所述的方法，或实现上述第三方面或者第三方面的任一种可能的设计中所述的方法，或实现上述第四方面或者第四方面的任一种可能的设计中所述的方法。
第十方面，本申请实施例还提供一种芯片，所述芯片与存储器耦合，用于读取并执行所述存储器中存储的程序或指令实现上述第一方面或者第一方面的任一种可能的设计中所述的方法，或实现上述第二方面或者第二方面的任一种可能的设计中所述的方法，或实现上述第三方面或者第三方面的任一种可能的设计中所述的方法，或实现上述第四方面或者第四方面的任一种可能的设计中所述的方法。
附图说明
图1A和图1B为本申请实施例提供的通信系统示意图；
图2为本申请实施例提供的非周期SRS发送时间示意图；
图3为本申请实施例提供的UE天线配置示意图；
图4A和图4B为本申请实施例提供的现有MAC CE示意图；
图5为本申请实施例提供的2T4R和1T2R天线示意图；
图6为本申请实施例提供的一种通信方法示意图；
图7为本申请实施例提供的RRC配置SRS资源集示意图之一；
图8为本申请实施例提供的MAC CE信令的格式和指示内容示意图之一；
图9A和图9B为本申请实施例提供的MAC CE信令的格式和指示内容示意图之二；
图10为本申请实施例提供的MAC CE信令的格式和指示内容示意图之三；
图11为本申请实施例提供的RRC配置SRS资源集示意图之二；
图12为本申请实施例提供的MAC CE信令的指示内容示意图之一；
图13为本申请实施例提供的MAC CE信令的指示内容示意图之二；
图14为本申请实施例提供的MAC CE信令的指示内容示意图之三；
图15为本申请实施例提供的MAC CE信令的指示内容示意图之四；
图16为本申请实施例提供的MAC CE信令的格式和指示内容示意图之四；
图17为本申请实施例提供的另一种通信方法示意图；
图18为本申请实施例提供的MAC CE信令的格式和指示内容示意图之五；
图19为本申请实施例提供的RRC配置SRS资源集示意图之三；
图20为本申请实施例提供的MAC CE信令的格式和指示内容示意图之六；
图21为本申请实施例提供的RRC配置SRS资源集示意图之四；
图22为本申请实施例提供的MAC CE信令的指示内容示意图之五；
图23为本申请实施例提供的MAC CE信令的指示内容示意图之六；
图24为本申请实施例提供的MAC CE信令的指示内容示意图之七；
图25为本申请实施例提供的MAC CE信令的指示内容示意图之八；
图26为本申请实施例提供的通信装置示意图之一；
图27为本申请实施例提供的通信装置示意图之二。
具体实施方式
本申请实施例的技术方案可以应用于各种通信系统，例如：全球移动通讯(global system of mobile communication，GSM)系统、码分多址(code division multiple access，CDMA)系统、宽带码分多址(wideband code division multiple access，WCDMA)系统、通用分组无线业务(general packet radio service，GPRS)、长期演进(long term evolution，LTE)系统、LTE频分双工(frequency division duplex，FDD)系统、LTE时分双工(time division duplex，TDD)、通用移动通信系统(univeRMal mobile telecommunication system，UMTS)、全球互联微波接入(worldwide interoperability for microwave access，WiMAX)通信系统、第五代(5th generation，5G)移动通信系统或新无线(new radio，NR)等，本申请所述的5G移动通信系统包括非独立组网(non-standalone，NSA)的5G移动通信系统和/或独立组网(standalone，SA)的5G移动通信系统。本申请提供的技术方案还可以应用于未来的通信系统，如第六代移动通信系统。通信系统还可以是公共陆地移动网(public land mobile network，PLMN)网络、设备到设备(device-to-device，D2D)网络、机器到机器(machine to machine，M2M)网络、IoT网络或者其他网络。
图1A示出了本申请实施例提供的通信方法适用的一种通信系统的架构，该通信系统可以包括网络设备110，以及包括一个或多个终端设备120。该网络设备和终端设备可以工作在新无线(new radio，NR)通信系统上，终端设备可以通过NR通信系统与网络设备通信。该网络设备和终端设备也可以在其它通信系统上工作，本申请实施例不做限制。其中：
网络设备110，是一种部署在无线接入网中为终端设备提供无线通信功能的装置。网络设备可以包括各种形式的宏基站，微基站(也称为小站)，中继站，接入点等。在采用 不同的无线接入技术的系统中，网络设备的名称可能会有所不同，例如GSM或CDMA网络中的基站收发信台(base transceiver station，BTS)，WCDMA中的节点B(Node B，NB)，LTE中的eNB或演进型节点B(evolved Node B，eNB)。网络设备还可以是云无线接入网络(cloud radio access network，CRAN)场景下的无线控制器。网络设备还可以是未来5G网络中的基站设备或者未来演进的PLMN网络中的网络设备。网络设备还可以是可穿戴设备或车载设备。网络设备还可以发送接收节点(transmission and reception point，TRP)。本申请实施例中，用于实现网络设备的功能的装置可以是网络设备；也可以是能够支持网络设备实现该功能的装置，例如芯片系统，该装置可以被安装在网络设备中。在本申请实施例提供的技术方案中，以用于实现网络设备的功能的装置是网络设备，以网络设备是基站为例，描述本申请实施例提供的技术方案。
终端设备120，还可以称为终端，可以是一种具有无线收发功能的设备，其可以部署在陆地上，包括具有无线通信功能的手持设备、车载设备、可穿戴设备、计算设备或连接到无线调制解调器的其它处理设备；也可以部署在水面上(如轮船等)；还可以部署在空中(例如飞机、气球和卫星上等)。终端可以是移动站(mobile station，MS)、用户单元(subscriber unit)、蜂窝电话(cellular phone)、智能电话(smart phone)、无线数据卡、个人数字助理(personal digital assistant，PDA)电脑、平板型电脑、无线调制解调器(modem)、手持设备(handset)、膝上型电脑(laptop computer)、机器类型通信(Machine Type Communication,MTC)终端等。终端设备可以是用户设备(user equipment，UE)，其中，UE包括具有无线通信功能的手持式设备、车载设备、可穿戴设备或计算设备。示例性地，UE可以是手机(mobile phone)、平板电脑或带无线收发功能的电脑。终端设备还可以是虚拟现实(virtual reality，VR)终端设备、增强现实(augmented reality，AR)终端设备、工业控制中的无线终端、无人驾驶中的无线终端、远程医疗中的无线终端、智能电网中的无线终端、智慧城市(smart city)中的无线终端、智慧家庭(smart home)中的无线终端等等。本申请实施例中，用于实现终端的功能的装置可以是终端；也可以是能够支持终端实现该功能的装置，例如芯片系统，该装置可以被安装在终端中。本申请实施例中，芯片系统可以由芯片构成，也可以包括芯片和其他分立器件。本申请实施例提供的技术方案中，以用于实现终端的功能的装置是终端，以终端是UE为例，描述本申请实施例提供的技术方案。
本申请实施例提供的技术方案可以应用于通信设备间的无线通信。通信设备间的无线通信可以包括：网络设备和终端设备间的无线通信、网络设备和网络设备间的无线通信以及终端设备和终端设备间的无线通信。其中，在本申请实施例中，术语“无线通信”还可以简称为“通信”，术语“通信”还可以描述为“数据传输”、“信息传输”或“传输”。信设备间可以利用空口资源进行无线通信，空口资源可以包括时域资源、频域资源、码资源和空间资源中至少一个。
本申请针对5G NR、LTE等协议框架，可应用于多种移动通信场景，图1B是本申请应用的通信系统的场景示意图，如基站和UE之间或UE之间点对点传输、基站和UE的多跳/中继(relay)传输、多个基站和UE的双连接(dual connectivity，DC)或多连接等场景。需要注意的是，图1B中110指网络设备(如基站)、120指终端设备(如UE)，另外图1B只是示例性的，不对适用于本发明的网络架构产生限制，而且，本发明不限制上行、下行、接入链路、回传(backhaul)链路、侧链路(sidelink)等传输。此外从业务场景的 角度看，本申请方案适用于诸多场景方案，包括但不限于诸如扩展现实(extended reality，XR)业务中的分层数据编码。
另外，在本申请的实施例中，时域符号可以是正交频分复用(orthogonal frequency division multiplexing，OFDM)符号，也可以是离散傅里叶变换扩频OFDM(Discrete Fourier Transform-spread-OFDM，DFT-s-OFDM)符号。如果没有特别说明，本申请实施例中的符号均指时域符号。
为了便于本领域技术人员理解，下面对本申请实施例中所涉及的技术概念和部分用语进行解释说明。
1、探测参考信号
从时域行为的角度，一个NR SRS的资源集可以通过高层参数资源类型(resourceType)配置为周期探测参考信号(Periodic SRS，P-SRS)，半持续探测参考信号(Semi-persistent SRS，SP-SRS)和非周期探测参考信号(Aperiodic SRS，AP-SRS)三种时域行为方式。
其中，NR的时隙格式中包括下行符号，上行符号和灵活符号，SRS只能在上行符号或者灵活符号上发送。基站通过高层参数资源映射(resourceMapping)对每一个SRS资源配置发送该资源的连续正交频分复用(orthogonal frequency division multiplexing，OFDM)符号个数以及该资源在所触发时隙中所占的起始符号位置。对于P-SRS，每一个SRS资源会被配置时隙级的周期和时隙级的偏置，UE会按照周期对SRS进行重复发送。对于SP-SRS，每一个SRS资源也会被配置时隙级的周期和时隙级的偏置，并通过媒体接入控制信元(medium access control-control Element，MAC CE)发送激活或去激活命令，当半持续SRS被激活时，UE会按照周期对SRS进行重复发送，直到接收去激活命令。
其中，对于AP-SRS，基站会为每一个SRS资源集通过高层参数时隙偏置(slotOffset)定义一个时隙级偏置，当UE接收到一个用于下行调度的下行控制信息(downlink control information，DCI)，或组公共(group common)DCI或上行调度DCI，DCI的SRS请求(SRS request)域中至少存在一个状态用于触发所配置的一个或多个SRS资源集。示例性地，SRS request域有2比特，具体定义如表1所示。其中，对于DCI格式(format)2_3，高层参数探测参考信号传输功率控制下行控制信道组(srs-TPC-PDCCH-Group)可以设为“类型A(typeA)”或“类型B(typeB)”。对于DCI format 0_1，0_2，1_1，1_2，2_3(高层参数srs-TPC-PDCCH-Group设为“typeB”)高层参数非周期探测参考信号资源触发(aperiodicSRS-ResourceTrigger)或高层参数非周期探测参考信号资源触发列表(aperiodicSRS-ResourceTriggerList)可以被配置为1或2或3，定义每个候选值对应一种触发状态，则每个AP-SRS资源集被配置为以上三种触发状态中的一种。
Figure PCTCN2022110026-appb-000001
Figure PCTCN2022110026-appb-000002
表1 SRS request
简单来讲，AP-SRS的发送位置是用于触发SRS的DCI所在的时隙(图2中的slot n)和slotoffset(图2中k)的和，即如图2所示。这里需要注意的是，AP-SRS资源集的触发是以资源集为单位的，因此，高层参数slotOffset，aperiodicSRS-ResourceTrigger和aperiodicSRS-ResourceTriggerList是以资源集为单位配置的。而每一个SRS资源的发送位置是由基站通过高层参数resourceMapping配置的，具体地，由高层参数resourceMapping配置的连续OFDM符号个数以及该资源在所触发时隙中所占的起始符号位置决定。
2、天线切换技术原理
针对TDD系统，可以利用互异性根据SRS获得下行信道质量。需要注意的是，该特性需要探测所有UE天线去获得全信道特性。常规上，UE可以被配置为在下行链路中支持比在上行链路中更高的数据速率。例如，UE可以被配置有一个发送链和两个接收链以支持不同的数据速率。此外，UE的上下行天线能力不同，通常上行天线个数小于或等于下行天线个数。这里上下行天线能力指的是，可以同时进行发送(上行)或接收(下行)的能力，如图3所示，UE的天线个数为2，其中，上行天线个数为1(antenna port 1)，下行天线个数为2(antenna port 0和antenna port 1)。
具体来说，例如，假设基站侧发射天线数为4，UE侧发射天线数为2，UE侧接收天线数为4，则根据上行探测信号所能测得的上行信道可以表示为：
Figure PCTCN2022110026-appb-000003
其中， axy可以表示UE侧天线y和基站侧天线x所对应的上行信道。根据信道互异性，可以获得的对应下行信道可以表示为：
Figure PCTCN2022110026-appb-000004
其中， bxy可以表示基站侧天线x和UE侧天线y所对应的下行信道。而实际需要测量的完整下行信道为：
Figure PCTCN2022110026-appb-000005
因此，利用UE的2根发射天线只获得了部分信道信息。为了获得全信道特性，需要在UE的上行能力范围内，在某一个时刻通过部分上行天线进行SRS的传输，并在下一个时刻通过其他部分天线进行SRS的传输，直到UE在一段时间内完成所有天线探测，由此引入天线切换(antenna switching)特性。例如，当UE被配置的用例类型为'antennaSwitching'时，UE可以在第一SRS传输机会期间从第一天线发送SRS，并且在第二SRS传输机会期间从第二天线发送SRS。SRS用于根据信道互异性测量下行信道质量。
3、SRS配置方法。
UE对SRS的传输取决于信令信息，例如RRC连接设置，RRC连接重配置等，即基站通过这些RRC信息将SRS配置通知给UE。在RRC信令中，SRS被配置在信息元素(information element，IE)SRS-配置(Config)中。IE SRS-Config中定义了一个SRS资源(SRS-Resources)的列表和一个SRS资源集(SRS-ResourceSets)的列表。每个SRS资源集中定义一组SRS-Resources。网络利用配置的参数aperiodicSRS-ResourceTrigger，通过DCI触发一组(非周期)SRS-Resources的传输。
根据Rel-15/16协议中的规定，UE可以通过高层参数SRS-ResourceSet被配置一个或多个SRS资源集，每个SRS资源集通过高层参数srs-ResourceSetId被配置一个标识(ID)。对于每一个配置的资源集，UE可以被配置K≥1个SRS资源，其中K的最大值由UE能力指示。当UE被配置高层参数usage为'antennaSwitching'的SRS资源集时，UE只能被配置为以下配置中的一种：
对于1T2R，最多配置两个高层参数资源类型(resourceType)(用于配置资源集的时域行为，时域行为包括周期、半持续、非周期三种)的值不同的SRS资源集，其中每个资源集配置两个SRS资源，两个资源对应不同的符号。一个资源集中的每个SRS资源由一个单独的SRS端口组成，该资源集的第二个资源的SRS端口所关联的UE天线端口与第一个资源的SRS端口所关联的UE天线端口不同。
对于2T4R，最多配置两个高层参数resourceType的值不同的SRS资源集，其中每个资源集配置有两个SRS资源，两个资源对应不同的符号。一个资源集中的每个SRS资源由两个SRS端口组成，该资源集的第二个资源的SRS端口对所关联的UE天线端口对与第一个资源的SRS端口对所关联的UE天线端口对不同。
对于1T4R，可以配置0个或者1个高层参数resourceType的值设为“周期”或“半持续”(时域行为为周期或者半持续)的SRS资源集，其中每个资源集配置有4个SRS资源，每个资源对应不同的符号。一个资源集中的每个SRS资源由一个单独的SRS端口组成，每个资源的SRS端口所关联的UE天线端口不同。
对于1T4R，可以配置0个或者2个高层参数resourceType的值设为“非周期”(时域行为为非周期)的SRS资源集。2个资源集总共配置4个SRS资源，这4个资源对应2个不同时隙的不同符号。2个给出的资源集中的每个资源的SRS端口所关联的UE天线端口不同。可以两个资源集中各自配置两个SRS资源，也可以一个资源集配置一个SRS资源另一个资源集配置三个SRS资源。这两个资源集的触发参数aperiodicSRS-ResourceTrigger或AperiodicSRS-ResourceTriggerList的值相同，且时隙偏移参数slotOffset不同。
对于1T＝1R，或2T＝2R，或4T＝4R，最多配置两个SRS资源集，每个资源集包含一个资源，每个资源的SRS端口数分别对应为1，2，或4。
对于'antennaSwitching'的用例类型，UE期望为一个SRS资源集中的所有SRS资源配置个数相同的SRS端口。对于1T2R，1T4R或2T4R，UE不期望在同一个时隙内被配置或触发多于一个高层参数usage设为'antennaSwitching'的SRS资源集。对于1T＝1R，2T＝2R，或4T＝4R，UE不期望在同一个符号内被配置或触发多于一个高层参数usage设为'antennaSwitching'的SRS资源集。
4、MAC CE信令
现有协议中存在以下两种MAC CE能够用于指示半持续SRS资源集的激活或去激活： SP SRS激活/去激活(Activation/Deactivation)MAC CE和增强SP/AP SRS空间关系指示(Enhanced SP/AP SRS Spatial Relation Indication)MAC CE。具体设计方法如下：
(一)SP SRS Activation/Deactivation。
SP SRS Activation/Deactivation MAC CE用于指示半持续SRS资源集的激活或去激活，由MAC子头中的逻辑信道标识(logical channel index，LCID)为50进行标识，如表2所示现有协议中下行共享信道(Downlink Shared Channel，DL-SCH)的LCID值(部分)。
Figure PCTCN2022110026-appb-000006
表2
SP SRS Activation/Deactivation MAC CE的信令格式如图4A所示，其中Oct表示八位字节(octet)，信令包含的具体字段解释如下：
A/D字段：用于指示所被指示的SP SRS资源集是被激活还是被去激活。当该字段被设置为1，用于指示激活；否则，指示去激活。字段长度为1比特。
SRS资源集小区ID(SRS Resource Set's Cell ID)：用于指示所要激活/去激活的SP SRS资源集所在的服务小区ID。当C字段设置为0，该字段也用于指示服务小区ID，该服务小区包含Resource IDi字段所指示的所有资源。字段长度为5比特。
SRS资源集BWP ID(SRS Resource Set's BWP ID)：用于指示所要激活/去激活的SP SRS资源集所在的上行BWP。当C字段设置为0，该字段也用于指示BWP ID，该BWP包含Resource IDi字段所指示的所有资源。字段长度为2比特。
C：用于指示Resource Serving Cell ID字段和Resource BWP ID字段是否存在。当C字段设置为1，Resource Serving Cell ID字段和Resource BWP ID字段都存在；否则，Resource Serving Cell ID字段和Resource BWP ID字段都不存在。字段长度为1比特。
SUL：用于指示该MAC CE应用于普通上行(Normal Uplink，NUL)载波配置还是补充上行链路(Supplementary Uplink，SUL)载波配置。该字段设置为1，指示该MAC CE应用于SUL载波配置；该字段设置为0，指示该MAC CE应用于NUL载波配置。字段长度为1比特。
SP SRS资源集ID(SP SRS Resource Set ID)：用于指示被激活或去激活的SP SRS资源集ID，该资源集ID由高层参数SRS-ResourceSetId配置。SRS-ResourceSetId取值范围 为1～15，该字段长度为4比特。
F i：用于指示参考信号资源的类型，该参考信号资源用于指示SRS资源的空间关系，其中，SRS资源包含在由SP SRS Resource Set ID字段指示的SP SRS资源集中。F 0关联的是SRS资源集中的第一个资源，F 1关联的是SRS资源集中的第二个资源，以此类推。该字段设置为1，指示用非零功率信道状态信息参考信号(Non-Zero-Power Channel State Information Reference Signal，NZP CSI-RS)资源索引作为参考信号；该字段设置为0，指示同步信号块(Synchronization Signal Block，SSB)索引或SRS资源索引作为参考信号。字段长度为1比特。该字段只在该MAC CE用于指示激活的时候存在。
资源(Resource)ID i：包含用于指示SRS资源i的参考信号资源的ID。激活SRS时，指示F i＝0时具体RS的ID。Resource ID 0关联的是SRS资源集中的第一个资源，Resource ID 1关联的是SRS资源集中的第二个资源，以此类推。字段长度为7比特。该字段只在该MACCE用于指示激活的时候存在。该字段的第一位是标识位，当F i设置为0时，该字段的第一位设置为1表示该字段的剩余比特包含的是SSB的ID SSB-Index；当F i设置为0时，该字段的第一位设置为0表示该字段的剩余比特包含的是SRS的ID SRS-ResourceId。
资源服务小区(Resource Serving Cell)ID i：用于指示SRS资源i的参考信号资源所在的服务小区ID。字段长度为5比特。
资源(Resource)BWP ID i：用于指示SRS资源i的参考信号资源所在的BWP ID。字段长度为2比特。
R：预留比特，设置为0。
(二)Enhanced SP/AP SRS Spatial Relation Indication
Enhanced SP/AP SRS Spatial Relation Indication MAC CE用于指示半持续SRS资源集或非周期SRS资源集的空间关系，也可以用于指示半持续SRS资源集的激活或去激活，由MAC子头中的增强LCID(eLCID)进行标识，如表3所示现有协议中下DL-SCH的eLCID值(部分)。
Figure PCTCN2022110026-appb-000007
表3
Enhanced SP/AP SRS Spatial Relation Indication MAC CE的信令格式如图4B所示，其中包含的具体字段解释与SP SRS Activation/Deactivation MAC CE中所包含的具体字段解释类似，相似部分不再赘述，区别点有以下三个：
A/D字段：用于指示所被指示的SP SRS资源集是被激活还是被去激活。当该字段被设置为1，用于指示激活；否则，指示去激活。字段长度为1比特。当被指示的SRS资源 集ID是非周期SRS资源集，MAC实体会忽略该字段。
SRS资源集ID(SRS Resource Set ID)：用于指示SP/AP SRS资源集ID，该资源集ID由高层参数SRS-ResourceSetId配置。SRS-ResourceSetId取值范围为1～15，该字段长度为4比特。
Resource ID i：包含用于指示SRS资源i的参考信号资源的ID。激活SRS时，指示F i＝0时具体RS的ID。Resource ID 0关联的是SRS资源集中的第一个资源，Resource ID 1关联的是SRS资源集中的第二个资源，以此类推。字段长度为8比特。该字段只在该MAC CE用于指示SP SRS资源集激活或AP SRS资源集的时候存在。该字段的第一位是标识位，当F i设置为0时，该字段的第一位一直设置为0。当F i设置为0时，该字段的第二位设置为1表示该字段的剩余比特包含的是SSB的ID SSB-Index；当F i设置为0时，该字段的第二位设置为0表示该字段的剩余比特包含的是SRS的ID SRS-ResourceId。
5、xTyR配置切换
根据现有协议，UE可以上报支持一种或多种'xTyR'的UE能力，以实现更好的UE节能和网络配置灵活性。因此，UE会上报以下UE能力中的一种：'t1r2'，'t1r1-t1r2'，'t2r4'，'t1r4'，'t1r1-t1r2-t1r4'，'t1r4-t2r4'，'t1r1-t1r2-t2r2-t2r4'，'t1r1-t1r2-t2r2-t1r4-t2r4'，'t1r1'，'t2r2'，'t1r1-t2r2'，'t4r4'，'t1r1-t2r2-t4r4'。
其中，'t1r2'表示1T2R，支持1个发射天线端口2个接收天线端口，即UE总共有2个天线端口，一次最多有1个天线端口用于发射，一次最多有2个天线端口用于接收。't1r1-t1r2'表示1T＝1R/1T2R，即UE支持1个发射天线端口1个接收天线端口、或者1个发射天线端口2个接收天线端口。't2r4'表示2T4R，即UE支持2个发射天线端口4个接收天线端口。't1r4'表示1T4R，即UE支持1个发射天线端口4个接收天线端口。't1r1-t1r2-t1r4'表示1T＝1R/1T2R/1T4R，即UE支持1个发射天线端口1个接收天线端口、或1个发射天线端口2个接收天线端口、或1个发射天线端口4个接收天线端口。't1r4-t2r4'表示1T4R/2T4R，即UE支持1个发射天线端口4个接收天线端口、或2个发射天线端口4个接收天线端口。't1r1-t1r2-t2r2-t2r4'表示1T＝1R/1T2R/2T＝2R/2T4R，即UE支持1个发射天线端口1个接收天线端口、或1个发射天线端口2个接收天线端口、或2个发射天线端口2个接收天线端口、或2个发射天线端口4个接收天线端口。't1r1-t1r2-t2r2-t1r4-t2r4'表示1T＝1R/1T2R/2T＝2R/1T4R/2T4R，即UE支持1个发射天线端口1个接收天线端口、或1个发射天线端口2个接收天线端口、或2个发射天线端口2个接收天线端口、或1个发射天线端口4个接收天线端口、或2个发射天线端口4个接收天线端口。't1r1'表示1T＝1R，即UE只支持1个发射天线端口1个接收天线端口。't2r2'表示2T＝2R，即UE只支持2个发射天线端口2个接收天线端口。't1r1-t2r2'表示1T＝1R/2T＝2R，即UE可以支持1个发射天线端口1个接收天线端口，也可以支持2个发射天线端口2个接收天线端口。't4r4'表示4T＝4R，即UE只支持4个发射天线端口4个接收天线端口。't1r1-t2r2-t4r4'表示1T＝1R/2T＝2R/4T＝4R，即UE可以支持1个发射天线端口1个接收天线端口、2个发射天线端口2个接收天线端口或者4个发射天线端口4个接收天线端口。
当基站为UE配置高层参数usage为'antennaSwitching'的SRS资源集时，基站会根据UE上报的UE能力supportedSRS-TxPortSwitch的值，为UE进行唯一配置。例如，当supportedSRS-TxPortSwitch的值为't1r1-t1r2-t2r2-t2r4'，基站可以按照上述SRS配置方法中所述的1T＝1R、1T2R、2T＝2R、2T4R中的一种对UE进行配置。其中，如图5所示，其 中gNB表示基站，以1T2R的配置方法为例，此时UE只需要将每个SRS映射到一个功率放大器(power amplifier，PA)如PA1，可以节省功率，但此时只能测得两根接收天线对应的信道，即H1，存在部分信道信息损失，进而影响下行性能。或者，以2T4R的配置方法为例，此时UE需要将每个SRS映射到两个PA(PA1和PA2)，此时UE功率消耗较大，但可以测得全部(4根)接收天线对应的信道，即H1和H2，避免信道信息损失。这里需要注意的是，基站每次只能通过RRC信令为UE配置一种xTyR，当UE支持多种xTyR时，基站只能通过RRC重配实现为UE配置不同的xTyR。
由上述内容可知，当UE上报多于一种xTyR能力时，通过RRC重配实现为UE配置不同的xTyR，实现不同xTyR配置的切换，在每次xTyR配置切换时，都需要通过RRC信令重新向UE下发与切换后的xTyR配置所对应的SRS配置(如SRS资源集等)，时延较高，可能存在xTyR配置切换不及时、不能满足用户要求的问题。
本申请主要解决这对天线切换功能的SRS，当终端设备(如UE)上报多于一种xTyR能力时，如何实现灵活的天线配置，降低切换时延的问题。主要是通过对MAC CE的信令设计，在不引入新的LCID的情况下，实现在RRC配置的SRS资源集中，通过MAC CE激活其中的部分SRS资源集(或部分SRS资源)，进而实现灵活的天线切换配置。
下面结合附图详细说明本申请实施例。另外，需要理解，在本申请实施例中，“示例的”一词用于表示作例子、例证或说明。本申请中被描述为“示例”的任何实施例或设计方案不应被解释为比其它实施例或设计方案更优选或更具优势。确切而言，使用示例的一词旨在以具体方式呈现概念。
本申请实施例和权利要求书及附图中的术语“包括”和“具有”不是排他的。例如，包括了一系列步骤或模块的过程、方法、系统、产品或设备没有限定于已列出的步骤或模块，还可以包括没有列出的步骤或模块。本文中术语“系统”和“网络”在本文中常被可互换使用。本文中术语“和/或”，仅仅是一种描述关联对象的关联关系，表示可以存在三种关系，例如，A和/或B，可以表示：单独存在A，同时存在A和B，单独存在B这三种情况。另外，本文中字符“/”，一般表示前后关联对象是一种“或”的关系。应理解，在本申请实施例中，“与A相应的B”表示B与A相关联，根据A可以确定B。但还应理解，根据A确定B并不意味着仅仅根据A确定B，还可以根据A和/或其它信息确定B。以及，除非有相反的说明，本申请实施例提及“第一”、“第二”等序数词是用于对多个对象进行区分，不用于限定多个对象的顺序、时序、优先级或者重要程度。本申请中涉及的“多个”为两个或两个以上。
本申请实施例中，信息(information)，信号(signal)，消息(message)，信道(channel)有时可以混用，应当指出的是，在不强调其区别时，其所要表达的含义是一致的。“的(of)”，“相应的(corresponding，relevant)”和“对应的(corresponding)”有时可以混用，应当指出的是，在不强调其区别时，其所要表达的含义是一致的。
另外，需要说明的是，本申请实施例中所涉及的参考信号(reference signal，RS)可以包括但不限于，上行RS或下行RS，例如，信道状态信息参考信号(channel state information reference signal，CSI-RS)、同步信号广播信道块(synchronous signal/PBCH block，SSB)、探测参考信号(sounding reference signal，SRS)、解调参考信号(demodulation reference signal，DMRS)、相位追踪参考信号(phase tracking reference signal，PTRS)、追踪参考信号(tracking reference signal，TRS)等。或者，本申请实施例中所涉及的参考信号还可能 是未来移动通信系统中的某种参考信号，本申请对此不做限定。以下举例仅以参考信号为SRS为例进行说明。
需要统一说明的是，在本申请实施例中，SRS的发送与SRS资源的发送是等价的，SRS资源集合的发送与SRS资源集合中包含的SRS的发送也是等价的，SRS的传输与SRS资源的传输也是等价的，该描述也适用于本申请实施例当中存在的类似表述，在此统一对其说明，后文将不再赘述。
需要统一说明的是，在本申请实施例中，SRS用于天线切换，指的是，SRS资源集的高层参数usage设置为天线切换antennaswitching。或者，SRS对应的SRS资源所在的SRS资源集的高层参数usage设置为天线切换antennaswitching。
需要统一说明的是，在本申请实施例中，高层信令或高层信令配置信息可以是无线资源控制(radio resource control，RRC)，或者是，介质访问控制控制单元(medium access control-control element，MAC CE))，等等。高层参数是高层信令配置的，例如，高层参数是RRC指示的，或者高层参数是RRC配置的。
需要统一说明的是，在本申请实施例中，发送与传输亦是等价的。
需要统一说明的是，在本申请实施例中，触发RS资源集与触发非周期RS是等价的。
需要统一说明的是，在本申请实施例中，高层配置信令可以是无线资源控制(radio resource control，RRC)，或者是MAC CE，等等。
需要统一说明的是，在本申请实施例中，RS资源集的资源类型可以设置为周期，或者为半持续，或者为非周期。例如，RS资源集的资源类型设置为半持续，等价于RS资源集是半持续的RS资源集，或者，RS资源集中的RS资源是半持续的RS资源，或者，RS资源集中的RS资源是半持续的，或者，RS资源集对应的高层参数resourcetype为semi-persistent。又例如，RS资源集的资源类型设置为非周期，等价于RS资源集是非周期的RS资源集，或者，RS资源集中的RS资源是非周期的RS资源，或者，RS资源集中的RS资源是非周期的，或者，RS资源集对应的高层参数resourcetype为aperiodic。又例如，RS资源集的资源类型设置为周期，等价于RS资源集是周期的RS资源集，或者，RS资源集中的RS资源是周期的RS资源，或者，RS资源集中的RS资源是周期的，或者，RS资源集对应的高层参数resourcetype为periodic。
需要统一说明的是，在本申请实施例中，SRS资源集的激活/去激活状态指的是，SRS资源集被激活，或者SRS资源集被去激活。指示信息用于指示SRS资源集的激活/去激活状态指的是，指示信息属于第一状态集合时，指示激活SRS资源集；指示信息属于第二状态集合时，指示去激活SRS资源集。
需要统一说明的是，在本申请实施例中，激活/去激活状态是一个名词。第一指示信息用于指示一个或多个参考信号RS资源集的激活/去激活状态，指的是，第一指示信息的状态值为第一取值，指示一个或多个参考信号RS资源集的激活状态，或者，第一指示信息用于激活一个或多个参考信号RS资源集；第一指示信息的状态值为第二取值，指示一个或多个参考信号RS资源集的去激活状态，或者，第一指示信息用于去激活一个或多个参考信号RS资源集。第一取值和第二取值对应不同的状态值，例如，第一取值为1，第二取值为0。可选的，激活/去激活状态可以称为激活状态，或者称为选择状态，或者称为激活/去激活。
需要统一说明的是，在本申请实施例中，资源类型设置为半持续的RS资源集与半持 续RS资源集等价；资源类型设置为半持续的RS资源集与资源类型为半持续的RS资源集等价；资源类型设置为半持续的RS资源集指的是，RS资源集中的每个RS资源为半持续RS资源，或者，RS资源集中的每个RS资源的资源类型为半持续。
需要统一说明的是，在本申请实施例中，第一字段，或第二字段，或第三字段可以包含一个字段，也可以包含两个及两个以上字段。也就是说，第一字段，或第二字段，或第三字段可以包含一个或多个子字段，或者说，第一字段，或第二字段，或第三字段包含一个或多个字段。
需要统一说明的是，在本申请实施例中，字段为1，等价于，该字段的比特状态为1，或者，该字段设置为1，或者，该字段的值为1。
需要统一说明的是，在本申请实施例中，第一字段的比特状态与第二字段相关联，指的是，根据第一字段的状态值确定第二字段指示的信息，或者指的是，根据第一字段的状态值确定第二字段的解读方式。
需要统一说明的是，作为一种可选的实现方式，SRS资源集的激活/去激活状态指的是该SRS资源集中所有的SRS资源的激活/去激活状态。例如，SRS资源集被激活，该SRS资源集中的所有RS资源被激活。又如，SRS资源集被去激活，该SRS资源集中的所有RS资源被去激活。
图6为本申请实施例提供的一种通信方法示意图，该方法包括：
S601：网络设备向终端设备发送第一指示信息。
该第一指示信息用于指示一个或多个SRS资源集的激活/去激活状态，一个或多个RS资源集中包括资源类型设置为半持续(Semi-persistent，SP)的SRS资源集和/或资源类型设置为非周期(Aperiodic，AP)的SRS资源集。其中资源类型设置为SP的SRS资源集也可以称为SP SPS资源集，资源类型设置为AP的SRS资源集也可以称为AP SPS资源集。
作为一种可能的实施方式，在本申请实施例中，第一指示信息为MAC CE，或者，第一指示信息为MAC CE指示的信息，或者第一指示信息包含在MAC CE中。
其中，一个或多个SRS资源集的激活/去激活状态为以下中的任意一项：
该一个或多个SRS资源集中，N个SRS资源集被激活，除N个SRS资源集之外的M个SRS资源集不被激活；
该一个或多个SRS资源集中，N个SRS资源集被激活，除N个SRS资源之外的M个SRS资源集被去激活；
该一个或多个SRS资源集中，N个SRS资源集被去激活，除N个SRS资源之外的M个SRS资源集不被去激活，所述N、M为自然数。
其中，该一个或多个SRS资源集中包含M+N个SRS资源集。该一个或多个SRS资源集由高层配置信令配置，例如，高层信令RRC中包含一个或多个高层参数SRS-ResourceSet，其中，每个SRS-ResourceSet对应一个SRS资源集。
S602：终端设备根据所述第一指示信息控制SRS的传输。
在本申请实施例中，网络设备可以通过高层配置信令，如RRC信令等为终端设备配置一个或多个SRS资源集，如为终端设备配置一个或多个SP SRS资源集，或者一个或多个AP SRS资源集，或者一个或多个SP SRS资源集和一个或多个AP SRS资源集。其中，SRS资源集是用于天线切换的(例如，高层参数usage配置为antennaSwitching)，或者SRS资源集是用于波束管理的(例如，高层参数usage配置为beamManagement)，或者SRS资 源集是用于基于码本的上行数据传输的(例如，高层参数usage配置为codebook)，或者SRS资源集是用于基于非码本的上行数据传输的(例如，高层参数usage配置为nonCodebook)，或者SRS资源集是用于定位的。为了便于阐述本申请的方案，下面以用于天线切换的SRS资源集为例，阐述本申请的具体实施。但需要说明的是，本申请方案同样适用于其他功能的RS资源集。
作为一种示例，在终端设备支持多于一种xTyR能力时，终端设备可以将自身所支持的多于一种的xTyR能力均上报给网络设备，网络设备根据终端设备上报的xTyR能力，通过高层配置信令向终端设备下发一个或多个SRS资源集，其中所述一个或多个SRS资源集可以为多个SP SRS资源集，或者多个AP SRS资源集，或者一个或多个SP SRS资源集和一个或多个AP SRS资源集。
以终端设备向网络设备上报支持的xTyR能力为't2r4-t2r8-t4r8'为例，如图7所示，网络设备可以通过高层配置信令向终端设备配置1个SP SRS资源集和2个AP SRS资源集。其中SP SRS资源中配置有两个SRS资源，两个SRS资源对应不同的符号，每个SRS资源由4个单独的SRS端口(port)组成，该SRS资源集的第二个SRS资源的SRS端口对所关联的终端设备天线端口对与第一个SRS资源的SRS端口对所关联的终端设备天线端口对不同。每个AP SRS资源集配置有两个SRS资源，两个SRS资源对应不同的符号，一个SRS资源集中的每个SRS资源由两个SRS端口组成，该SRS资源集的第二个SRS资源的SRS端口对所关联的终端设备天线端口对与第一个SRS资源的SRS端口对所关联的终端设备天线端口对不同。
在一些实施例中，对于用于天线切换的AP SRS资源集(例如，高层参数usage配置为antennaSwitching的AP SRS资源集)，所配置的触发状态可以相同，即AP SRS资源集对应的高层参数aperiodicSRS-ResourceTrigger或aperiodicSRS-ResourceTriggerList中的至少一项相同。
对于第一指示信息，终端设备可以根据来自网络设备的LCID的码点或索引为50的MAC子头(如SP SRS Activation/Deactivation MAC CE)或eLCID的码点为248且索引为312的MAC子头(如Enhanced SP/AP SRS Spatial Relation Indication MAC CE)所对应的MAC CE来确定，当然也可以LCID的码点大于255和/或索引大于319的MAC子头，也即其它类型的MAC CE来确定。也就是说，第一指示信息包含在MAC CE中，或者，MAC CE指示第一指示信息。
以第一指示信息根据SP SRS Activation/Deactivation MAC CE或Enhanced SP/AP SRS Spatial Relation Indication MAC CE来确定为例，如图4A和4B所示，对于以上两种MAC CE来说，八位字节(octet，Oct)2中包含两个比特的预留比特R，SRS Resource Set ID字段长度为4比特，但由于SRS Resource Set ID字段指示的是SRS资源集的ID，一个MAC CE命令指示一个SRS资源集的激活/去激活状态。本申请实施例可以针对SP SRS Activation/Deactivation MAC CE和Enhanced SP/AP SRS Spatial Relation Indication MAC CE的Oct进行进一步设计，以在不增加这两个MAC CE信令开销的前提下，实现用于SRS资源集的灵活指示，进而实现灵活天线切换的指示。这里的“灵活天线切换的指示”指的是，当终端设备上报支持多种xTyR时，网络设备可以通过高层信令(如MAC CE)、或DCI等指示采用哪种xTyR，也就是说，指示根据哪种xTyR配置发送SRS，或者，进行哪种xTyR的测量，或者，指示x的值和/或y的值，或者，指示xTyR配置。下面以MAC CE 为例，结合不同的对MAC CE设计实现来具体说明。
实现一：第一指示信息包括第一字段和第二字段，第一字段用于指示资源类型设置为SP的一个或多个RS资源集的激活/去激活状态；第二字段用于指示资源类型设置为AP的一个或多个RS资源集的激活/去激活状态。
其中，用于确定第一指示信息的MAC CE信令的格式和指示内容，可以如图8所示，需要注意的是，本实施例只以重新设计SP SRS Activation/Deactivation MAC CE为例说明，设计方法同样适用于重新设计其他MAC CE，或者同样适用于单独的MAC CE。此外，图8中只列出了Oct1、Oct2和Oct3，其他Oct的格式及指示内容与现有协议保持一致，或者与现有协议不保持一致。
在图8所示的MAC CE Oct2中，包括第一字段(如图8中S 0、S 1)和第二字段(如图8中A 0、A 1、A 2、A 3)。第一字段和第二字段的长度是预定义的，或者高层配置信令配置的。第一字段和第二字段的长度是预定义的，例如，第一字段的长度为2个比特，第一字段指示SP SRS资源集的激活/去激活状态，第二字段的长度为4个比特，第二字段指示AP SRS资源集的激活/去激活状态。可选的，第一字段用bitmap的方式指示一个或多个SP SRS资源集的激活/去激活状态。例如，第一字段的每个比特指示对应索引的SRS资源集的激活/去激活状态，或者，第一字段包含的每个字段指示对应索引的SRS资源集的激活/去激活状态。可选的，高层配置信令配置两个SRS资源集，第一字段用bitmap的方式指示两个SP SRS资源集的激活/去激活状态。可选的，如果高层配置信令配置两个SRS资源集，第一字段中包含的第一个比特和第二个比特分别用于指示索引为0和索引为1的SP SRS资源集的激活/去激活状态；如果高层配置信令配置一个SP SRS资源集，第一字段中包含的第一个比特用于指示SP SRS资源集的激活/去激活状态，MAC实体忽略第二个比特。其中，索引是SP SRS资源集的唯一标识。例如，索引是SP SRS资源集ID，或者，索引是srs-ResourceSetId，或者，索引是SP SRS资源集ID映射的值。第二字段的字段长度为4个比特，第二字段可以用于指示AP SRS资源集的激活/去激活状态。可选地，高层配置信令配置四个AP SRS资源集，第二字段用bitmap的方式指示4个AP SRS资源集进行指示，即第二字段中包含的4个比特分别用于指示索引为0、索引为1、索引为2及索引为3的AP SRS资源集的激活/去激活状态。可选地，高层配置信令配置少于四个AP SRS资源集，MAC实体忽略除所配置的AP SRS资源集所对应的比特之外的比特或字段。第一字段和第二字段的长度是高层配置信令配置的，例如，第一字段的长度等于高层配置信令的SP SRS资源集的个数，第二字段的长度等于高层配置信令的AP SRS资源集的个数。可选的，该SP SRS资源集和/或AP SRS资源集的用例配置为天线切换。
应理解，作为一种可选的实现方式，上述第一字段和/或第二字段的长度可以应用于本实施例的所有实现方式。
作为一种可选的实现方式，A/D字段设置为1，第一字段和第二字段中某个比特设置为1，可以指示对应的SRS资源集被激活，第一字段和第二字段中某个比特设置为0，可以指示对应的SRS资源集不被激活(也即状态保持不变)。A/D字段为0，第一字段和第二字段中某个比特设置为1，可以指示对应的SRS资源集被去激活，第一字段和第二字段中某个比特设置为0，可以指示对应的SRS资源集不被去激活(也即状态保持不变)。
作为一种可选的实现方式，A/D字段设置为1，第一字段和第二字段中某个比特设置为0，可以指示对应的SRS资源集被激活，第一字段和第二字段中某个比特设置为1，可 以指示对应的SRS资源集不被激活(也即状态保持不变)。A/D字段为0，第一字段和第二字段中某个比特设置为0，可以指示对应的SRS资源集被去激活，第一字段和第二字段中某个比特设置为1，可以指示对应的SRS资源集不被去激活(也即状态保持不变)。
作为一种可选的实现方式，A/D字段被忽略，如MAC实体忽略A/D字段时，或者MAC CE中不包含A/D字段，第一字段和第二字段中某个比特设置为1，可以指示对应的SRS资源集被激活，第一字段和第二字段中某个比特设置为0，可以指示对应的SRS资源集被去激活。
作为一种可选的实现方式，A/D字段被忽略，如MAC实体忽略A/D字段时，或者MAC CE中不包含A/D字段，第一字段和第二字段中某个比特设置为0，可以指示对应的SRS资源集被激活，第一字段和第二字段中某个比特设置为1，可以指示对应的SRS资源集被去激活。
这里针对第一字段长度的设计，对于用于天线切换功能的SRS，对于同一种xTyR，一个RRC信令最多只能为终端设备配置一个SP SRS资源集，未来可能支持为同一种xTyR配置两个SP SRS资源集，或者支持为两种xTyR各自配置一个SP SRS资源集。因此，用两个比特指示SP SRS资源集是足够且合理的。针对第二字段长度的设计，对于同一种xTyR，一个RRC信令最多只能为UE配置4个AP SRS资源集。因此，用4个比特指示AP SRS资源集是足够且合理的。
另外，在实现方式一中，网络设备通过高层配置信令向终端设备配置SRS资源集时，所述SRS资源集的索引值是高层信令配置的，或者是根据预定义规则判断的。例如，所述字段0(或者比特0，或者第一个比特)用于指示所述第一RS资源集包含的RS资源中，RS资源标识SRS-ResourceId最小的RS资源的激活或去激活状态；所述字段1(或者比特1，或者第二个比特)用于指示所述第一RS资源集包含的RS资源中，SRS-ResourceId第二小的RS资源的激活或去激活状态；所述字段i(或者比特i，或者第i+1个比特)用于指示所述第一RS资源集包含的RS资源中，SRS-ResourceId第i-1小的RS资源的激活或去激活状态；其中，0≤i≤L，i是自然数。又例如，RRC信令为终端设备配置4个用于天线切换的AP SRS资源集，按照所述AP SRS资源集对应的高层参数srs-ResourceSetId从小到大的顺序，所述4个AP SRS资源集的索引值依次为0、1、2、3。又如，RRC信令为终端设备配置4个用于天线切换的AP SRS资源集，且为所述4个AP SRS资源集直接配置各自的索引值。4个AP SRS资源集的索引值可以根据索引值与第二字段中的比特进行对应，如4个AP SRS资源集的索引值依次为0、1、2、3，分别对应于图8中第二字段中的A 0、A 1、A 2、A 3。又如，RRC信令为终端设备配置4个用于天线切换的AP SRS资源集，按照所述AP SRS资源集对应的高层参数srs-ResourceSetId从大到小的顺序，所述4个AP SRS资源集的索引值依次为3、2、1、0。
作为一种示例，网络设备为终端设备配置如图7所示的一个SP SRS资源集和2个AP SRS资源集，对于SP SRS资源集，SP SRS资源集的索引值为0，对应图8中第一字段中的S 0，对于AP时域行为的两个AP SRS资源集，按照所述AP SRS资源集对应的高层参数srs-ResourceSetId从小到大的顺序，2个AP SRS资源集的索引值依次为0、1，分别对应于图8中第二字段中的A 0、A 1。对于图8中第一字段中的S 1和第二字段中的A 2、A 3，MAC实体对其忽略。示例性的，当A/D字段设置为1、第一字段中S 0设置为1、第二字段中A 0和A 1均设置为0，指示SP资源集被激活，两个AP SRS资源集不被激活，终端设 备发送SP资源集包含的SRS，此时对应的是4T8R的测量或配置。示例性的，当A/D字段设置为1、第一字段中S 0设置为0、第二字段中A 0设置为0，A 1设置为1，指示SP资源集不被激活，两个AP SRS资源集中srs-ResourceSetId较大的资源集被激活，此时对应的是2T4R的测量或配置。示例性的，当A/D字段设置为1、第一字段中S 0设置为0、第二字段中A 0设置为1，A 1设置为1，指示SP资源集不被激活，两个AP SRS资源集被激活，此时对应的是2T8R的测量或配置。
另外，需要理解的是，对于SP SRS资源集，终端设备接收到第一指示信息，指示SP SRS资源集被激活，满足一定的时间条件后，终端设备即可以根据SP SRS资源集的周期和偏置发送SP SRS资源集对应的SRS，终端设备接收到第一指示信息，指示SP SRS资源集被去激活，满足一定的时间条件后，停止发送该SRS资源集对应的SRS。例如，一定的时间条件是时隙
Figure PCTCN2022110026-appb-000008
后的第一个时隙，其中，时隙n指的是传输携带了激活或去激活命令的物理下行共享信道PDSCH的时隙，μ是传输携带HARQ-ACK的PUCCH的SCS配置，
Figure PCTCN2022110026-appb-000009
指的是一个子帧中包含的时隙个数。
这里需要说明的是，在本发明实施例中，停止发送SRS资源集对应的SRS指的是，不再发送SRS，直到接收到激活该资源集的命令。
对于AP SRS资源集，终端设备接收到第一指示信息，指示AP SRS资源集被激活后，仅表示该AP SRS资源集可以被触发，终端设备接收到第一指示信息，指示AP SRS资源集被去激活后，表示该AP SRS资源集不可以被触发。
对于可以被触发的AP SRS资源集，终端设备还需要获取来自网络设备的DCI，根据所述DCI的SRS请求(request)字段确定触发的SRS资源集，在触发的SRS资源集包含的SRS资源上发送SRS。作为一种示例，对于可以被触发的AP SRS资源集，当AP SRS资源集的对应的高层参数aperiodicSRS-ResourceTrigger或aperiodicSRS-ResourceTriggerList和DCI中SRS请求字段所属于的比特状态一致时，才发送AP SRS资源集包含的SRS。
需要理解的是本申请实施例中，第一字段和第二字段不局限于2比特和4比特，第一字段和第二字段包括的比特数为自然数，例如第一字段包括1比特、第二字段包括5比特等，也可以是第一字段包括的比特数和第二字段包括的比特数的和为6、为8等，在一些实施例中，也可以是第一字段包括的比特数为0、第二字段包括的比特数不为0，仅用于指示AP SRS资源集的激活/去激活状态，还可以是第一字段包括的比特数不为0，第二字段包括的比特数为0，仅用于指示SP SRS资源集的激活/去激活状态。第一字段和第二字段的长度和可以是固定值，例如，是8比特。
作为一种可能的实施方式，第一指示信息指示激活或去激活的AP SRS资源集可以是满足以下一项或多项条件的AP SRS资源集：该AP SRS资源集的功能是天线切换，即资源集的高层参数usage设为'antennaSwitching'；在同一个RRC信令中，配置了多于一个用于天线切换的AP SRS资源集；高层信令指示该AP SRS资源集需要被激活；高层信令指示多于一个AP SRS资源集用于天线切换。作为一种可能的实施方式，当AP SRS资源集满足以上一项或多项条件，且在未接收到激活命令时，不能根据所述DCI的SRS请求(request)字段确定触发的SRS资源集；当AP SRS资源集不满足以上任一条件时，直接根据所述DCI的SRS请求(request)字段确定触发的SRS资源集。
在一些实施中，MAC CE中包含信令用于指示该MAC CE(MAC CE中的第一指示信息)是否用于指示AS SRS资源集的激活/去激活状态的指示信息。或者，MAC CE中包含信令用于指示AS SRS资源集是否需要MAC CE进行激活/去激活。
作为一种可能的实施方式，MAC CE中包含第三字段，所述第三字段用于指示所述MAC CE是否用于指示AP SRS的激活或去激活。当第三字段设置为1，该MAC CE用于指示AP SRS的激活或去激活；当第三字段设置为0，该MAC CE不用于指示AP SRS的激活或去激活，MAC实体忽略该字段。可选的，第三字段即为重新定义的A/D字段。
可选地，所述第三字段用于指示该MAC CE是否用于指示SP SRS的激活或去激活。当第三字段设置为1，该MAC CE用于指示SP SRS的激活或去激活；否则，该MAC CE不用于指示SP SRS的激活或去激活，MAC实体忽略该字段。进一步地，所述第三字段用于指示所述MAC CE的第一字段所指示的内容。当第三字段设置为1，当前MAC CE所包含的第一字段用于指示SP SRS资源集被激活或去激活；当第三字段设置为0，当前MAC CE所包含的第一字段用于指示索引为4和索引为5的AP SRS资源集被激活或去激活。或者，当第三字段设置为0，当前MAC CE所包含的第一字段和第二字段联合指示AP SRS资源集被激活或去激活，第一字段的两个比特对应索引为0和索引为1的AP SRS资源集，第二字段的四个比特对应索引为2、索引为3、索引为4及索引为5的AP SRS资源集。
实现二：第一指示信息包括第一字段；第一字段的比特状态与第二字段或第三字段相关联；或者，第一字段的比特状态与第二字段的部分比特或第三字段的部分比特相关联。也即第一字段的比特状态与第二字段所指示的信息或第二字段部分比特所指示的信息相关联，或者，第一字段的比特状态与第三状态所指示的信息或第三字段部分比特所指示的信息相关联。也就是说，第一字段的比特状态与所述第二字段或第二字段的部分比特相关联，指的是，根据第一字段的比特状态确定第二字段或第二字段的部分比特指示的信息；第一字段的比特状态与所述第三字段或第三字段的部分比特相关联，指的是，根据第一字段的比特状态确定第三字段或第三字段的部分比特指示的信息。
其中，所述第一字段属于第一比特状态集合，所述第一字段与第二字段或第二字段的部分比特相关联，所述第二字段用于指示一个资源类型设置为SP的RS资源集的激活/去激活状态；也就是说，所述第一字段属于第一比特状态集合，按照第一方式确定第二字段(或第二字段指示的信息)，例如，所述第二字段用于指示一个资源类型设置为SP的RS资源集的激活/去激活状态。
第一字段的长度可以是1比特，或者是2比特。
所述第一字段属于第二比特状态集合，所述第一字段与第三字段或第三字段的部分比特相关联，所述第三字段或第三字段的部分比特用于指示一个或多个资源类型设置为AP的RS资源集的激活/去激活状态。也就是说，所述第一字段属于第二比特状态集合，按照第二方式确定第三字段(或第三字段指示的信息)，例如，所述第三字段用于指示一个资源类型设置为AP的RS资源集的激活/去激活状态。
作为一种可能的实现方式，第三字段用bitmap的方式指示一个或多个AP SRS资源集的激活/去激活状态。第三段的长度是高层配置信令配置的，或者是预定义的。例如，第三字段的长度等于高层配置信令的AP SRS资源集的个数，例如，高层配置信令配置4个AP SRS资源集，第三字段中包含的4个比特分别用于指示索引为0、索引为1、索引为2及索引为3的AP SRS资源集的激活/去激活状态。又如，第三字段的长度为固定值。例如，第三字段的长度为4比特。高层配置信令配置4个AP SRS资源集，第三字段中包含的4个比特分别用于指示索引为0、索引为1、索引为2及索引为3的AP SRS资源集的激活/去激活状态。可选地，高层配置信令配置少于四个AP SRS资源集，MAC实体忽略除所配 置的AP SRS资源集所对应的比特之外的比特或字段。可选的，该AP SRS资源集的用例配置为天线切换。可选的，此时第一字段长度为1比特。作为一种可能的实现方式，第三字段用bitmap的方式指示一个或多个SP SRS资源集和AP SRS资源集进行指示。第三段的长度是高层配置信令配置的，或者是预定义的。例如，第三字段的长度等于高层配置信令的SP SRS资源集和AP SRS资源集的个数，例如，高层配置信令配置1个SP SRS资源集和3个AP SRS资源集，第三字段中包含的4个比特分别用于指示索引为0、索引为1、索引为2及索引为3的SRS资源集的激活/去激活状态。又如，第三字段的长度为固定值。例如，第三字段的长度为4比特。可选地，高层配置信令配置少于四个SRS资源集，MAC实体忽略除所配置的AP SRS资源集所对应的比特之外的比特或字段。可选的，该SP SRS资源集和/或AP SRS资源集的用例配置为天线切换。可选的，此时第一字段长度为1比特。
作为一种可能的实现方式，所述第一字段属于第二比特状态集合时，根据发送天线端口个数对AP SRS资源集分组的方法，利用MAC CE信令指示SP SRS资源集和/或AP SRS资源集的激活/去激活状态，在不引入新LCID的前提下，设计信令的结构及指示内容。可选的，此时第一字段长度为2比特。
这里需要注意的是，为了保证兼容性，对于用于天线切换的SRS，每个SRS资源集中包含的SRS资源对应的SRS端口个数相同，即对应的Tx天线数相同。
实现二与实现一的主要区别在于可以通过第一字段确定MAC CE中包含第二字段或第三字段，进而MAC CE信令的设计方法不同。具体设计方法可以如下：
其中，用于确定第一指示信息的MAC CE信令的格式和指示内容，可以如图9A和图9B所示，需要注意的是，本实施例只以重新设计SP SRS Activation/Deactivation MAC CE为例说明，设计方法同样适用于重新设计其他MAC CE，或者同样适用于单独的MAC CE。此外，图9A和图9B中只列出了Oct1、Oct2和Oct3，其他Oct的格式及指示内容本申请不做限定。
在图9A和图9B所示，在MAC CE Oct2中，可以包括第一字段(如图9A中B 0和B 1)和第二字段(如图9A中SP SRS Resource Set ID)，或者包括第一字段(如图9B中B 0和B 1)和第三字段(如图9B中A 0、A 1、A 2、A 3)。可选的，第一字段可以用于指示SRS资源集组，包含两个比特。在一些实施中，当第一字段属于第一比特状态集合(如被设置为00)，第一字段与第二字段或第二字段的部分比特相关联，也即第一字段的比特状态与第二字段所指示的信息相关联，MAC CE与原有(R15/R16)中的SP SRS Activation/Deactivation MAC CE功能相同。当第一字段属于第二比特状态集合(如被设置为01，或10，或11)，第一字段与第三字段或第三字段的部分比特相关联，所述第三字段或第三字段的部分比特用于指示第一个，或第二个，或第三个SRS资源集组中的一个或多个AP SRS资源集被激活或者去激活。
也就是说，当第一字段被设置为00，第二字段为SP SRS Resource Set ID字段，字段长度为4比特，用于指示被激活或去激活的SP SRS资源集ID。当第一字段被设置为01，第三字段中的4个比特依次用于指示索引为0、索引为1、索引为2及索引为3的AP SRS资源集被激活或去激活，其中，所述AP SRS资源集包含在第一个SRS资源集组中。当第一字段被设置为10或11，第三字段分别用于指示第二个或第三个SRS资源集组。可选的，第一个SRS资源集组中包含的资源由第一数值个SRS端口组成，第二个SRS资源集组中包含的资源由第二数值个SRS端口组成，第三个SRS资源集组中包含的资源由第三数值 个SRS端口组成。例如，第一数值为1，第二数值为2，第三数值为3。
其中，在A/D字段为1时，第三字段中某个比特设置为1，可以指示对应的SRS资源集被激活，第三字段中某个比特设置为0，可以指示对应的SRS资源集不被激活(也即状态保持不变)。在A/D字段为0时，第三字段中某个比特设置为1，可以指示对应的SRS资源集被去激活，第三字段中某个比特设置为0，可以指示对应的SRS资源集不被去激活(也即状态保持不变)。在A/D字段被忽略时，如被MAC实体忽略时，第三字段中某个比特设置为1，可以指示对应的SRS资源集被激活，第三字段中某个比特设置为0，可以指示对应的SRS资源集被去激活。一个SRS资源集组内的AP SRS资源集的索引由预定义规则确定，或由高层信息指示。例如，一个SRS资源集组内的AP SRS资源集的ID(即高层参数srs-ResourceSetId)由小到大依次对应为索引0～3。可选地，当第一字段被设置为01，或10，或11时，A/D字段作为预留字段或用于指示其他功能。这里需要说明的是，SRS资源集组是网络设备通过高层信令(例如RRC信令，或MAC CE信令)隐式配置的，或者是网络设备通过高层信令(例如RRC信令，或MAC CE信令)显式配置的。SRS资源集组是网络设备隐式配置的，例如，根据SRS资源集中的SRS资源所对应的SRS端口个数对SRS资源集分组，或者，根据SRS资源集中的SRS资源所对应的SRS端口个数及SRS资源集的资源类型对SRS资源集分组，或者，根据SRS资源集的资源类型对SRS资源集分组。
作为一种示例：对于AP SRS资源集，根据AP SRS资源集中包含的AP SRS资源所对应的SRS端口个数进行分组。例如，第一个SRS资源集组中包含的AP SRS资源集中的SRS资源由1个SRS端口组成，当第一字段被设置为01，第三字段用于指示第一个SRS资源集组中包含的所有SRS资源集的激活/去激活状态。又如，第二个SRS资源集组中包含的AP SRS资源集中的SRS资源由2个SRS端口组成，当第一字段被设置为10，第三字段用于指示第二个SRS资源集组中包含的所有SRS资源集的激活/去激活状态。再如，第三个SRS资源集组中包含的AP SRS资源集中的SRS资源由4个SRS端口组成，当第一字段被设置为11，第三字段用于指示第三个SRS资源集组中包含的所有SRS资源集的激活/去激活状态。
需要理解的是，上述是以SRS资源集中仅包括AP SRS资源集为例，在一些实施中，SRS资源集中即可以包括AP SRS资源集还可以包括SP SRS资源集，也就是说第一字段属于第二比特状态集合，所述第一字段与第三字段或第三字段的部分比特相关联时，第三字段或第三字段的部分比特也可以用于指示包括资源类型设置为AP和资源类型设置为SP的多个SRS资源集的激活/去激活状态。
其中，根据第一指示信息指示的多个SRS资源集的激活/去激活状态，控制SRS的传输的实现与实现一类似，不再进行赘述。
实现三：第一指示信息包括第一字段和第二字段，第一字段的比特状态与所述第二字段相关联；第一字段用于指示RS资源集组的ID，第二字段用于指示RS资源集组中的一个或多个RS资源集的激活/去激活状态。
实现三与实现二主要区别在于可以根据时域行为/时域类型分组、或网络设备高层信令配置分组，进而MAC CE信令的设计方法不同。具体设计方法可以如下：
其中，用于确定第一指示信息的MAC CE信令的格式和指示内容，可以如图10所示，需要注意的是，本实施例只以重新设计SP SRS Activation/Deactivation MAC CE为例说明， 设计方法同样适用于重新设计其他MAC CE，或者同样适用于单独的MAC CE。此外，图10中只列出了Oct1、Oct2和Oct3，其他Oct的格式及指示内容本申请不做限定。
如图10所示，在MAC CE Oct2中，可以包括第一字段(如图10中组(group)ID)和第二字段(如图10中A 0、A 1、A 2、A 3)。第一字段可以用于指示SRS资源集组的ID，包含两个比特。在一些实施中，当第一字段设置为00，第一字段与第二字段或第二字段的部分比特相关联，所述第二字段或第二字段的部分比特用于指示第一个，或第二个，或第三个SRS资源集组中的一个或多个SRS资源集被激活或者去激活。其中一个SRS资源集组中可以包括AP SRS资源集和/或SP SRS资源集。
具体的，SRS资源集组可以根据SRS资源集的时域类型确定。如SP SRS资源集在资源集组0，即第一字段被设置为00，指示该MAC CE用于SP SRS资源集的激活或去激活。SRS资源集组也可以通过高层信令(例如RRC信令，或MAC CE信令)为每个SRS资源集配置资源集组ID，即指示每个SRS资源集属于唯一的资源集组。
作为一种示例，如图11所示，终端设备上报能力支持(supported)SRS-TxPortSwitch的值为't1r6-t1r8-t2r8-t4r8'，也即终端设备向网络设备上报支持的xTyR能力为't1r6-t1r8-t2r8-t4r8'，网络设备通过RRC为基站配置了1个SP SRS资源集以及6个AP SRS资源集。并通过高层信令显示或隐式指示了RS资源集组0包含一个SP SRS资源集，该资源集包含两个SRS资源，每个SRS资源由4个SRS端口组成。SRS资源集组1包含两个AP SRS资源集，其中，每个资源集包含两个SRS资源，每个SRS资源由2个SRS端口组成，所述两个资源集中，srs-ResourceSetId较小的为集(set)0，srs-ResourceSetId较大的为set1。SRS资源集组2包含四个AP SRS资源集，其中，每个资源集包含两个SRS资源，每个SRS资源由1个SRS端口组成，所述四个资源集中，srs-ResourceSetId由小到大依次为set0、set1、set2、set3。
如图12所示，网络设备将第一字段设置为00，此时第一字段和第二字段相关联，第二字段用于指示要被激活或去激活的SP SRS资源集的ID，也即用于指示一个资源类型设置为SP的RS资源集的激活/去激活状态。或用于指示SRS资源集组0(即group0)中所包含的SP SRS资源集。按照上述示例，第一字段设置为00，第二字段用于指示SP SRS资源集的ID。A/D字段用于指示所述SP SRS资源集被激活或去激活。当A/D字段设置为1，SP SRS资源集被激活，终端设备发送SP SRS资源集对应的SRS，此时SRS用于实现4T8R的测量。当A/D字段设置为0，SP SRS资源集被去激活，终端设备停止发送SP SRS资源集包含的SRS。
作为另一种可能的实现方式，第一字段设置为00，第二字段用于指示一个或多个SP SRS资源集的激活/去激活状态。其中第二字段可以用bitmap的方式指示一个或多个SP SRS资源集的激活/去激活状态，例如，高层配置信令配置4个SP SRS资源集，第三字段中包含的4个比特分别用于指示索引为0、索引为1、索引为2及索引为3的SP SRS资源集的激活/去激活状态。第一字段设置为01、10、11中的任一项，第二字段用于指示一组AP SRS资源集的激活/去激活状态。
在本实施例中，第一字段长度为2比特。第二字段的长度可以是预定义的或者高层参数配置的。其中，高层参数配置的可以是显式配置的，或者隐式配置的。第二字段的长度是预定义的，例如，第二字段的长度是4比特，当SRS资源集组的个数少于4时，MAC实体忽略第二字段中的部分比特。第二字段的长度是高层参数隐式配置的，例如，第二字 段的长度等于高层参数配置的AP SRS资源集组的个数。
如图13所示，网络设备将第一字段设置为01，此时第二字段用于指示SRS资源集组1(即group1)中所包含的AP SRS资源集。第二字段中的前两个比特用于指示SRS资源集组1中所包含的两个AP SRS资源集的激活/去激活状态。当第二字段中的前两个比特均设置为1，A/D字段设置为1，表示SRS资源集组1中包含的两个AP SRS资源集都被激活，当终端设备接收用于触发该组AP SRS资源集的DCI，终端设备发送对应的SRS，此时SRS用于实现2T8R的测量。当第二字段中的前两个比特均设置为1，A/D字段设置为0，表示SRS资源集组1中包含的两个AP SRS资源集都被去激活，当终端设备接收用于触发该组AP SRS资源集的DCI，终端设备停止发送对应的SRS。同样当第二字段中的前两个比特均设置为1，A/D字段预留，MAC实体忽略，表示SRS资源集组1中包含的两个AP SRS资源集都被激活，当终端设备接收用于触发该组AP SRS资源集的DCI，终端设备发送对应的SRS，此时SRS用于实现2T8R的测量。
如图14所示，网络设备将第一字段设置为10，此时第二字段用于指示SRS资源集组2(即group2)中所包含的AP SRS资源集。第二字段中的4个比特用于指示SRS资源集组2中所包含的4个AP SRS资源集的激活/去激活状态。当第二字段中的4个比特均设置为1，A/D字段设置为1，表示SRS资源集组2中包含的4个AP SRS资源集都被激活，当终端设备接收用于触发该组AP SRS资源集的DCI，终端设备发送对应的SRS，此时SRS用于实现1T8R的测量。当第二字段中的4个比特均设置为1，A/D字段设置为0，表示SRS资源集组2中包含的4个AP SRS资源集都被去激活，当终端设备接收用于触发该组AP SRS资源集的DCI，终端设备停止发送对应的SRS。同样当第二字段中的前两个比特均设置为1，A/D字段预留，MAC实体忽略，表示SRS资源集组2中包含的4个AP SRS资源集都被激活，当终端设备接收用于触发该组AP SRS资源集的DCI，终端设备发送对应的SRS，此时SRS用于实现1T8R的测量。
如图15所示，网络设备将第一字段设置为10，此时第二字段用于指示SRS资源集组2(即group2)中所包含的AP SRS资源集。第二字段中的4个比特用于指示SRS资源集组2中所包含的4个AP SRS资源集的激活/去激活状态。当第二字段中的4个比特中的第一个比特、第二个比特及第四个比特均设置为1，第三个比特设置为0，A/D字段设置为1，表示SRS资源集组2中包含的3个AP SRS资源集被激活，当终端设备接收用于触发该组AP SRS资源集的DCI，终端设备发送对应的AP SRS，此时SRS用于实现1T6R的测量。当第二字段中的4个比特中的第一个比特、第二个比特及第四个比特均设置为1，第三个比特设置为0，A/D字段设置为1，表示SRS资源集组2中包含的3个AP SRS资源集被去激活，当终端设备接收用于触发该组AP SRS资源集的DCI，终端设备停止发送对应的AP SRS。当第二字段中的4个比特中的第一个比特、第二个比特及第四个比特均设置为1，第三个比特设置为0，A/D字段预留，MAC实体忽略，表示SRS资源集组2中包含的3个AP SRS资源集被激活，当终端设备接收用于触发该组AP SRS资源集的DCI，终端设备发送对应的AP SRS，此时SRS用于实现1T6R的测量。
实现四：第一指示信息包括第一字段和第二字段，第一字段的比特状态与第二字段相关联；第一字段用于指示端口数量，第二字段用于指示一个或多个RS资源集的激活/去激活状态，该一个或多个RS资源集包含的SRS资源均由该端口数量的SRS端口组成。
其中，用于确定第一指示信息的MAC CE信令的格式和指示内容，可以如图16所示， 需要注意的是，本实施例只以重新设计SP SRS Activation/Deactivation MAC CE为例说明，设计方法同样适用于重新设计其他MAC CE，或者同样适用于单独的MAC CE。此外，图16中只列出了Oct1、Oct2和Oct3，其他Oct的格式及指示内容本申请不做限定。
在图16所示的MAC CE Oct2中，包括第一字段(如图16中N_端口(port))和第二字段(如图16中A 0、A 1、A 2、A 3)。所述第一字段包含两个比特。第一字段用于指示端口数量，所述第二字段用于指示网络设备通过高层信令配置的一个或多个SRS资源集中的激活/去激活状态，该一个或多个RS资源集包含的SRS资源均由该端口数量的SRS端口组成。
其中，在A/D字段为1时，第二字段中某个比特设置为1，可以指示对应的SRS资源集被激活，第二字段中某个比特设置为0，可以指示对应的SRS资源集不被激活(也即状态保持不变)。在A/D字段为0时，第二字段中某个比特设置为1，可以指示对应的SRS资源集被去激活，第二字段中某个比特设置为0，可以指示对应的SRS资源集不被去激活(也即状态保持不变)。在A/D字段被忽略时，如被MAC实体忽略时，第二字段中某个比特设置为1，可以指示对应的SRS资源集被激活，第二字段中某个比特设置为0，可以指示对应的SRS资源集被去激活。网络设备通过高层信令配置的一个或多个SRS资源集中包含的SRS资源均由同一端口数量的SRS端口组成的一个或多个SRS资源集的索引由预定义规则确定，或由高层参数配置，高层参数配置的可以是显式配置的，或者隐式配置的。例如，同一端口数量的SRS端口组成的一个或多个SRS资源集内的SRS资源集的ID(即高层参数srs-ResourceSetId)由小到大依次对应为索引0～3。
需要理解的是，上述第二字段在用于指示多个SRS资源集的激活/去激活状态时，每个比特都可以理解为一个字段，每个字段与一个SRS资源集对应，第二字段是多个字段的集合。
图17为本申请实施例提供的另一种通信方法示意图，该方法包括：
S1701：网络设备向终端设备发送第一指示信息。
第一指示信息用于指示一个或多个SRS资源的激活/去激活状态，其中一个或多个SRS资源的激活/去激活状态为以下中的任意一项：
一个或多个SRS资源中，N个SRS资源被激活，除N个SRS资源之外的M个SRS资源不被激活；
一个或多个SRS资源中，N个SRS资源被激活，除N个SRS资源之外的M个SRS资源被去激活；
一个或多个SRS资源中，N个RS资源被去激活，除N个SRS资源之外的M个SRS资源不被去激活；N、M为自然数；
S1702：终端设备根据所述第一指示信息控制SRS的传输。
在本申请实施例中，网络设备可以通过高层配置信令，如RRC信令等为终端设备配置多个SRS资源集，如为终端设备配置一个或多个SP SRS资源集，或者一个或多个AP SRS资源集，或者一个或多个SP SRS资源集和一个或多个AP SRS资源集。其中一个SP资源集中包括至少一个AP SRS资源、一个SP SRS资源集中包括至少一个SP SRS资源。具体网络设备通过高层配置信令为终端设备配置一个或多个SRS资源集的实现可以参照图6所示的方法实施中的实现不再进行赘述。
对于第一指示信息，终端设备可以根据来自网络设备的LCID的码点或索引为50的 MAC子头(如SP SRS Activation/Deactivation MAC CE)或eLCID的码点为248且索引为312的MAC子头(如Enhanced SP/AP SRS Spatial Relation Indication MAC CE)来确定，当然也可以LCID的码点大于255和/或索引大于319的MAC子头，也即其它的MAC CE来确定。其中第一指示信息所指示激活/去激活状态的一个或多个SRS资源包含在一个SRS资源集中，一个SRS资源集的资源类型设置为SP；或，
一个或多个SRS资源包含在一个或多个SRS资源集中，一个或多个SRS资源集的资源类型设置为AP；
一个或多个SRS资源包含在多个SRS资源集中，多个SRS资源集包括资源类型设置为AP的SRS资源集和资源类型设置为SP的SRS资源集。
以第一指示信息根据SP SRS Activation/Deactivation MAC CE或Enhanced SP/AP SRS Spatial Relation Indication MAC CE来确定为例，如图4A和4B所示，对于以上两种MAC CE来说，八位字节(octet，Oct)2中包含两个比特的预留比特R，SRS Resource Set ID字段长度为4比特，但由于指示的是SRS资源集的ID，每次只能指示一个SRS资源集。本申请实施例可以针对SP SRS Activation/Deactivation MAC CE和Enhanced SP/AP SRS Spatial Relation Indication MAC CE的Oct进行进一步设计，以在不增加这两个MAC CE开销的前提下，实现用于SRS资源集的灵活指示，进而实现灵活天线切换的指示。下面以MCE CE为例，结合不同的对MAC CE设计实现来具体说明。
在一种可能的实施中，第一指示信息中包括L个比特，L个比特中的不同比特与一个或多个SRS资源中的不同SRS资源相关联，所述L个比特中的一个比特用于指示与所述比特关联的SRS资源的激活/去激活状态，其中，L为正整数。
L的值是预定义的或高层配置参数配置的。例如，L是预定义的，例如，L＝8。又如，L是高层配置参数配置的，例如，L的值等于高层配置参数中配置的用于天线切换的SRS资源的个数，或者，L的值等于高层配置参数中配置的用于天线切换的AP SRS资源的个数，或者，L的值等于高层配置参数中配置的用于天线切换的SP SRS资源的个数等。
其中，用于确定第一指示信息的MAC CE信令的格式和指示内容，可以如图18所示，需要注意的是，本实施例只以重新设计SP SRS Activation/Deactivation MAC CE为例说明，设计方法同样适用于重新设计其他MAC CE，或者同样适用于单独的MAC CE。此外，图8中只列出了Oct1、Oct2和Oct3，其他Oct的格式及指示内容本申请不做限定。
在图18所示的MAC CE Oct2中，包括L个比特(如图18中L 0、L 1、L 2、L 3、L 4、L 5)，L个比特可以用bitmap的方式进行指示，即L个比特分别用于指示索引为0、索引为1、索引为2、索引为3、索引为4、索引为5的SRS资源的激活/去激活状态。
其中，在A/D字段为1时，L个比特中某个比特设置为1，可以指示对应的SRS资源被激活，L个比特中某个比特设置为0，可以指示对应的SRS资源不被激活(也即状态保持不变)。在A/D字段为0时，L个比特中某个比特设置为1，可以指示对应的SRS资源被去激活，L个比特中某个比特设置为0，可以指示对应的SRS资源不被去激活(也即状态保持不变)。在A/D字段被忽略时，如被终端设备的MAC实体忽略时，L个比特中某个比特设置为1，可以指示对应的SRS资源被激活，L个比特中某个比特设置为0，可以指示对应的SRS资源被去激活。
网络设备通过高层配置信令向终端设备配置SRS资源集时，在高层配置信令可以包含L个比特与一个或多个SRS资源的关联关系。例如，通过高层配置信令显式指示L个比特 与一个或多个SRS资源的关联关系，或者，通过高层配置信令隐式指示L个比特与一个或多个SRS资源的关联关系。
例如，根据所述SRS资源的SRS资源ID和/或SRS资源所对应的SRS资源集ID为终端设备配置L个比特与所述一个或多个SRS资源的关联关系。
作为一种示例，所述RS资源所对应的RS资源集ID指的是，所述RS资源所在的RS资源集的RS资源集ID。
作为一种示例，可以按照SRS资源所对应的SRS资源集ID升序优先、SRS资源的SRS资源ID升序次之的方式，配置L个比特与所述一个或多个SRS资源的关联关系，也就是说，L个比特中第i个比特关联的RS资源所对应的RS资源集ID小于第i+1个比特关联的SRS资源所对应的SRS资源集ID；或所述L个比特中第i个比特关联的SRS资源的SRS资源ID小于第i+1个比特关联的RS资源的RS资源ID，可选的，该第i个比特关联的SRS资源与该第i+1个比特关联的RS资源包含于同一个RS资源集中，或者，该第i个比特关联的SRS资源与该第i+1个比特关联的RS资源所对应的RS资源集ID相同；其中，1≤i＜L，i为整数。即L个比特中的第1个比特(L 0)对应的SRS资源所对应的SRS资源集ID最小且SRS资源的SRS资源ID最小。以网络设备通过高层配置信令向终端设备配置如图19所示的SRS资源集为例，其中SRS Resource Set ID＝0的SP SRS资源集中的SRS Resource ID＝0的SRS资源对应L个比特中的第1个比特(L 0)、SRS Resource Set ID＝0的SP SRS资源集中的SRS Resource ID＝1的SP SRS资源对应L个比特中的第2个比特(L 1)、SRS Resource Set ID＝1的AP SRS资源集中的SRS Resource ID＝0的AP SRS资源对应L个比特中的第3个比特(L 2)、依次类推，直至SRS Resource Set ID＝1的AP SRS资源集中的SRS Resource ID＝3的AP SRS资源对应L个比特中的第6个比特(L 5)。
作为一种示例，还可以按照SRS资源所对应的SRS资源集ID降序优先、SRS资源的SRS资源ID降序次之的方式配置L个比特与所述一个或多个SRS资源的关联关系，也就是说，L个比特中第i个比特关联的SRS资源所对应的SRS资源集ID大于第i+1个比特关联的SRS资源所对应的SRS资源集ID；或，所述L个比特中第i个比特关联的SRS资源的SRS资源ID大于第i+1个比特关联的SRS资源的SRS资源ID；其中，1≤i＜L，i为整数。即L个比特中的第6个比特(L 5)对应的SRS资源所对应的SRS资源集ID最小且SRS资源的SRS资源ID最小。以网络设备通过高层配置信令向终端设备配置如图19所示的SRS资源集为例，其中，SRS Resource Set ID＝1的AP SRS资源集中的SRS ResourceID＝3的AP SRS资源对应L个比特中的第1个比特(L 0)，SRS Resource Set ID＝1的AP SRS资源集中的SRS Resource ID＝2的AP SRS资源对应L个比特中的第2个比特(L 1)、依次类推，直至SRS Resource Set ID＝0的SP SRS资源集中的SRS Resource ID＝0的SRS资源对应L个比特中的第6个比特(L 5)。
在一些实施例中，资源类型设置为SP的SRS资源所在的RS资源集的SRS资源集ID小于资源类型设置为AP的SRS资源所在的SRS资源集的SRS资源集ID。即如图19所示，高层参数中，资源类型为半持续的SRS资源集的SRS资源集ID小于资源类型为非周期的SRS资源集的SRS资源集ID。
又例如，根据相同资源类型且相同用例的SRS资源的SRS资源ID为终端设备配置L个比特与所述一个或多个SRS资源的关联关系。
作为一种示例，可以按照用于天线切换的AP SRS资源所对应的SRS资源ID升序的 方式，配置L个比特与所述一个或多个SRS资源的关联关系，也就是说，所述L个比特中第i个比特关联的SRS资源的SRS资源ID小于第i+1个比特关联的RS资源的RS资源ID；其中，1≤i＜L，i为整数。即L个比特中的第1个比特(L 0)对应的SRS资源的SRS资源ID最小。以网络设备通过高层配置信令向终端设备配置如图19所示的SRS资源集为例，对AP SRS资源集中的4个AP SRS资源，SRS Resource ID＝0的AP SRS资源对应L个比特中的第1个比特(L 0)，SRS Resource ID＝1的AP SRS资源对应L个比特中的第2个比特(L 1)、依次类推，直至SP SRS资源集中的SRS Resource ID＝3的SRS资源对应L个比特中的第4个比特(L 4)。
在一些实施中，L个比特中的前O个比特用于指示资源类型设置为SP的SRS资源的激活/去激活状态，后P个比特用于指示资源类型设置为AP的SRS资源的激活/去激活状态，O、所述P为自然数。以L仍为图18中的6比特为例，在图19的配置下，L比特的前2比特指示SP SRS资源的激活/去激活状态，后4个比特用于指示AP SRS资源的激活/去激活状态。需要理解的是，O与P的和可以与L相等，也可以小于L，在L大于O+P的情况MAC实体忽略L比特的最后L-(O+P)个比特。
在另一种可能的实施中，所述第一指示信息包括第一字段和第二字段，所述第一字段的比特状态与所述第二字段相关联；所述第一字段用于指示端口数量，所述第二字段用于指示所述一个或多个SRS资源集中由端口数量的SRS端口组成的SRS资源的激活/去激活状态。
对于MAC CE信令的格式和指示内容，如图20所示，给出示例性的说明。需要注意的是，本实施例只以重新设计SP SRS Activation/Deactivation MAC CE为例说明，设计方法同样适用于重新设计其他MAC CE，或者同样适用于单独的MAC CE。此外，图20中只列出了Oct1、Oct2和Oct3，其他Oct的格式及指示内容本申请不做限定。
如图20所示，在MAC CE Oct2中，可以包括第一字段(如图20中N_port)和第二字段(如图20中A0、A1、A2、A3)。所述第一字段包含两个比特。第一字段用于指示端口数量。
作为一种可能的实现方式，第二字段用于指示由该端口数量的SRS端口组成的AP SRS资源的激活/去激活状态。其中，第二字段的长度可以是预定义的或者高层参数配置的。其中，高层参数配置的可以是显式配置的，或者隐式配置的。
例如，第二字段包含8个比特，第二字段中的8个比特依次用于指示索引为0、索引为1、……、索引为7的由所述端口数量的SRS端口组成的SRS资源的激活/去激活状态。第一字段可以被设置为01，或10，或11，分别表示，第二字段所指示的RS资源由1个，或2个，或4个SRS端口组成。可选的，第一字段被设置为01，对应SRS端口个数为1的SRS资源被激活或者去激活；第一字段被设置为10，对应SRS端口个数为2的SRS资源被激活或者去激活；第一字段被设置为11，对应SRS端口个数为4的SRS资源被激活或者去激活。
另外，第二字段的长度也可以与第一字段指示的端口数量相关，例如第一字段指示的端口数量为1，第二字段的长度为8；第一字段指示的端口数量为2，第二字段的长度为4；第一字段指示的端口数量为2，第二字段的长度为2或3。需要理解的是，这里的第二字段的一个或多个比特与所指示的一个或多个SRS资源的关联关系，可以参照上述L比特与所指示的一个或多个SRS资源的关联关系的实现。例如：第二字段的一个或多个比特与所 述第二比特所指示的一个或多个SRS资源的关联关系，根据SRS资源的SRS资源ID和/或SRS资源所对应的RS资源集ID确定，具体实现参照上述L比特与所指示的一个或多个SRS资源的关联关系的实现，不在重复赘述。
作为一种可能的实现方式，第二字段用于指示一个或多个SRS资源集中，由该端口数的SRS端口组成的AP SRS资源的激活/去激活状态。例如，第二字段包含4个比特。第二字段中的4个比特依次用于指示索引为0、索引为1、索引为2及索引为3的SRS资源集中，由所述端口数量的SRS端口组成的SRS资源的激活/去激活状态。第一字段可以被设置为01，或10，或11，分别表示，第二字段所指示的RS资源集中，由1个，或2个，或4个SRS端口组成的资源的激活/去激活状态。例如，第一字段被设置为01，第二字段中的第1个比特用于指示，索引为0的SRS资源集中的SRS端口个数为1的SRS资源被激活或者去激活；第一字段被设置为10，第二字段中的第1个比特用于指示，索引为0的SRS资源集中的SRS端口个数为2的SRS资源被激活或者去激活；第一字段被设置为11，第二字段中的第1个比特用于指示，索引为0的SRS资源集中的SRS端口个数为4的SRS资源被激活或者去激活。
由于发射端口个数支持1、2、4，需要四种比特状态中的三种比特状态进行指示。四种比特状态中的另一种比特状态可以用于指示第二信息。第二信息可以是以下信息的一项或多项：被指示的SRS资源集的时域行为、被指示的SRS资源集中包含的资源的个数、第二字段指示的内容、被指示的SRS资源所对应的发射端口个数。可选地，当第一字段被设置为00，所述MAC CE与原有(R15/R16)中的SP SRS Activation/Deactivation MAC CE功能完全相同。
也就是说，第一字段被设置为00，第二字段为SP SRS Resource Set ID字段，字段长度为4比特，用于指示被激活或去激活的SP SRS资源集ID，该资源集ID由高层参数SRS-ResourceSetId配置。第一字段被设置为01，第二字段中的第一个比特、第二个比特、第三个比特及第四个比特依次用于指示索引为0、索引为1、索引为2及索引为3的SRS资源集中，由1个SRS端口组成的SRS资源被激活/去激活状态；当第一字段被设置为10或11，第二字段中的第一个比特、第二个比特、第三个比特及第四个比特依次用于指示索引为0、索引为1、索引为2及索引为3的SRS资源集中，由2个或4个SRS端口组成的SRS资源被激活/去激活状态；
多个SRS资源集的索引由预定义规则确定，或由高层信息指示。例如，SRS资源集的ID(即高层参数srs-ResourceSetId)由小到大依次对应为索引0～3。
下面给出一个具体实例，以说明本申请实施例。
如图21所示，UE上报能力supportedSRS-TxPortSwitch的值为't1r6-t1r8-t2r8'，基站通过RRC配置3个AP SRS资源集。其中，第一个和第二个AP SRS资源集包含4个SRS资源，其中两个SRS资源由1个SRS端口组成，另外两个SRS资源由2个SRS端口组成。第三个AP SRS资源集包含4个SRS资源，其中每个SRS资源由1个SRS端口组成。所述3个SRS资源集中，srs-ResourceSetId由小到大依次为set0、set1、set2，即srs-ResourceSetId由小到大依次为索引为0、索引为1、索引为2的AP SRS资源集。
如图22所示，网络设备将第一字段设置为10，指示被激活的SRS资源包含的SRS端口个数为2。第二字段中的前三个比特用于指示3个AP SRS资源集中由2个SRS端口组成的SRS资源的激活/去激活状态。第二字段中的前两个比特均设置为1，A/D字段设置为 1，表示索引为0和索引为1的AP SRS资源集中，由2个SRS端口组成的SRS资源被激活。当终端设备接收用于触发该组AP SRS资源集的DCI，终端设备发送对应的AP SRS，此时SRS用于实现2T8R的测量。当第二字段中的前两个比特均设置为1，A/D字段设置为0，表示索引为0和索引为1的AP SRS资源集中，由2个SRS端口组成的SRS资源被去激活。当终端设备接收用于触发该组AP SRS资源集的DCI，终端设备停止发送对应的AP SRS。当第二字段中的前两个比特均设置为1，A/D字段被终端设备的MAC实体忽略，表示索引为0和索引为1的AP SRS资源集中，由2个SRS端口组成的SRS资源被激活，索引为2的AP SRS资源集中，由2个SRS端口组成的SRS资源被去激活。当终端设备接收用于触发该组AP SRS资源集的DCI，终端设备发送激活的SRS资源对应的AP SRS。
如图23所示，网络设备将第一字段设置为01，指示被激活的SRS资源包含的SRS端口个数为1。第二字段中的前三个比特用于指示3个AP SRS资源集中由所述端口数量的SRS端口组成的SRS资源的激活/去激活状态。第二字段中的前3个比特均设置为1，A/D字段设置为1，表示索引为0、索引为1和索引2的AP SRS资源集中，由1个SRS端口组成的SRS资源被激活。当终端设备接收用于触发该组AP SRS资源集的DCI，终端设备发送对应的AP SRS，此时SRS用于实现1T6R的测量。当第二字段中的前3个比特均设置为1，A/D字段设置为0，表示索引为0、索引为1和索引为2的AP SRS资源集中，由1个SRS端口组成的SRS资源被去激活。当终端设备接收用于触发该组AP SRS资源集的DCI，终端设备停止发送对应的AP SRS。
需要理解的是，对于AP SRS资源或AP SRS资源集被激活和/或触发后，从技术上来说只发一次，不需要去激活。因此在指示AP SRS资源或AP SRS资源集的激活/或去激活时，A/D字段为0时会被终端设备的MAC实体忽略。
如图24所示，网络设备将第一字段设置为01，指示被激活的SRS资源包含的SRS端口个数为1。第二字段中的前三个比特用于指示3个AP SRS资源集中由所述端口数量的RS端口组成的RS资源的激活/去激活状态。第二字段的比特状态为1010，A/D字段设置为1，表示索引为0和索引2的AP SRS资源集中，由1个SRS端口组成的SRS资源被激活。当终端设备接收用于触发该组AP SRS资源集的DCI，终端设备发送对应的AP SRS，此时SRS用于实现1T4R的测量。可选的，A/D字段设置为0，MAC实体忽略该字段。可选的，A/D字段设置为0表示索引为0和索引为2的AP SRS资源集中，由1个SRS端口组成的SRS资源被去激活。当终端设备接收用于触发该组AP SRS资源集的DCI，终端设备停止发送对应的AP SRS。A/D字段被终端设备的MAC实体忽略，表示索引为0和索引为2的AP SRS资源集中，由1个SRS端口组成的SRS资源被激活，索引为1的AP SRS资源集中，由1个SRS端口组成的SRS资源被去激活。当终端设备接收用于触发该组AP SRS资源集的DCI，终端设备发送激活的SRS资源对应的AP SRS，并停止发送被去激活SRS资源对应的AP SRS。
在一些可能的实施中，第一指示信息包括天线切换指令，所述天线切换指令可以承载在第一指示信息中包括的第一字段中，用于指示一个或多个SRS资源的激活/去激活状态，或者，用于指示一个或多个SRS资源集的激活/去激活状态。
作为一种示例，网络设备通过高层信令为终端设备配置两套SRS资源，其中每套SRS资源中可以包括一个或多个SRS资源，每套SRS资源中可以一个或多个SRS资源可以包含在一个SRS资源集中，也可以包含在多个SRS资源集中。网络设备可以通过第一指示 信息中的切换指令指示终端设备在两套SRS资源之间切换。例如终端设备当前已激活第一套SRS资源中包括的一个或多个SRS资源，发送第一套SRS资源中包括的一个或多个SRS资源对应的SRS，终端设备接收到第一指示信息后，将第二套SRS资源中包括的一个或多个SRS资源激活，发送第二套SRS资源中包括的一个或多个SRS资源对应的SRS。该SRS资源的资源类型可以是非周期的，也可以是半持续的。
在一些可能的实施中，第一指示信息包括端口数量和/或资源数量的指示，所述端口数量和/或资源数量可以承载在第一指示信息中包括的第一字段中，也可以承载在第一指示信息中包括的第一字段和第二字段中，用于指示一个或多个SRS资源的激活/去激活状态。
作为一种示例，网络设备可以通过高层信令等为终端设备配置多套SRS资源，每套SRS资源中的SRS资源均由同一数量的SRS端口组成。网络设备可以通过第一指示信息中的天线数量指示终端设备在多套SRS资源之间切换。或者，网络设备可以通过第一指示信息中的资源数量指示终端设备在多套SRS资源之间切换。例如网络设备为终端设备配置了三套SRS资源，分别对应天线数量1、2、4，终端设备当前已激活第一套SRS资源中包括的一个或多个SRS资源，发送第一套SRS资源中包括的一个或多个SRS资源对应的SRS，终端设备接收到第一指示信息后，第一指示信息中携带天线数量为2的信息，则终端设备将第一套SRS资源中包括的一个或多个SRS资源去激活，将与天线数量2对应的第二套SRS资源中包括的一个或多个SRS资源激活，发送第二套SRS资源中包括的一个或多个SRS资源对应的SRS。
作为一种示例，网络设备可以通过高层信令等为终端设备配置多套SRS资源，每套SRS资源中的SRS资源均由同一数量的SRS端口组成。网络设备可以通过第一指示信息中的天线数量指示被激活的SRS资源或SRS资源集的个数，可选的，对应于第一指示信息中指示的天线数量，被激活的SRS资源或SRS资源集，根据预定义规则确定或由高层信令指示。SRS资源或SRS资源集根据预定义规则确定，例如，优先激活SRS资源集ID小的SRS资源集，或者，优先激活SRS资源ID小的SRS资源集，或者，优先激活SRS资源集ID大的SRS资源集，或者，优先激活SRS资源ID大的SRS资源集。
作为一种示例，网络设备可以通过高层信令等为终端设备配置多套SRS资源，网络设备可以通过第一指示信息中的端口数量指示被激活的SRS资源或SRS资源集。可选的，每套SRS资源中的SRS资源均由同一数量的SRS端口组成。可选的，每套SRS资源中的SRS资源由不同数量的SRS端口组成。例如，第一指示信息指示的端口数量为1，则由1个SRS端口组成的资源被激活，或者，由1个SRS端口组成的资源所在的资源集被激活。
在一种可能的实现中，同一数量的SRS端口组成的SRS资源对应的功控一致。
对于MAC CE信令的格式和指示内容，如图25所示，给出示例性的说明。需要注意的是，本实施例只以重新设计SP SRS Activation/Deactivation MAC CE为例说明，设计方法同样适用于重新设计其他MAC CE，或者同样适用于单独的MAC CE。此外，图25中只列出了Oct1、Oct2和Oct3，其他Oct的格式及指示内容与现有保持一致，或者不保持一致。
如图25所示，在MAC CE Oct2中，可以包括第一字段(如图25中N)。第一字段可以为2比特，在承载切换指令时，可以通过00指示切换、通过01、10、11等指示不切换，或通过01指示切换、通过00指示不切换等。或者，第一字段可以为1比特，在承载切换指令时，可以通过状态值1指示切换、通过状态值0指示不切换等。
在端口数量时，可以通过01指示端口数量为1、通过10指示端口数量为2、通过11指示端口数量为4等。
在另一些实施中，对于AP SRS，根据预定义规则或高层配置参数和DCI的指示信息确定被激活的SRS资源或SRS资源集。或者说，可以通过DCI(如用于触发SRS资源集或SRS资源的DCI)来指示一个或多个SRS资源的激活/去激活。或者说，通过预定义规则或高层配置参数确定激活的SRS资源或SRS资源集。
作为一种示例，网络设备可以通过高层信令等为终端设备配置一个或多个SRS资源，所述一个或多个SRS资源可以位于一个SRS资源集中，也可以位于多个SRS资源集中。终端设备接收第一指示信息时，一个或多个AP SRS资源或一个AP SRS资源集被激活，终端设备接收DCI，该DCI触发该一个或多个AP SRS资源或一个AP SRS资源集中的全部或部分，终端设备发送被触发的SRS资源对应的AP SRS；终端设备未接收第一指示信息时，终端设备接收DCI，该DCI触发一个或多个AP SRS资源或一个AP SRS资源集中的全部或部分，上述一个或多个AP SRS资源或一个AP SRS资源集根据预定义规则或高层配置参数确定。例如，上述一个或多个AP SRS资源或一个AP SRS资源集根据预定义规则确定，指的是，上述一个或多个AP SRS资源或一个AP SRS资源集为网络设备通过高层信令配置的全部用于天线切换的资源集，或者，上述一个或多个AP SRS资源或一个AP SRS资源集为网络设备通过高层信令配置的用于天线切换的资源集中的A个。A是自然数。A是预定义的，例如，A＝1。或者，A是高层参数配置的。例如高层信令配置了3个SRS资源集，3个SRS资源集的用例配置为天线切换，3个SRS资源集对应的aperiodicSRS-ResourceTrigger或aperiodicSRS-ResourceTriggerList为1，终端设备接收DCI，该DCI的SRS请求字段状态值为01，A＝1表示3个SRS资源集中，SRS资源集ID最小的一个资源集被触发。
上述主要从网络设备和终端设备之间交互的角度对本申请提供的方案进行了介绍。可以理解的是，为了实现上述功能，各网元(或设备)包括了执行各个功能相应的硬件结构和/或软件模块(或单元)。本领域技术人员应该很容易意识到，结合本文中所公开的实施例描述的各示例的单元及算法步骤，本申请能够以硬件或硬件和计算机软件的结合形式来实现。某个功能究竟以硬件还是计算机软件驱动硬件的方式来执行，取决于技术方案的特定应用和设计约束条件。专业技术人员可以对每个特定的应用来使用不同方法来实现所描述的功能，但是这种实现不应认为超出本申请的范围。
图26和图27为本申请的实施例提供的可能的通信装置的结构示意图。这些通信装置可以用于实现上述方法实施例中终端设备或网络设备的功能，因此也能实现上述方法实施例所具备的有益效果。在本申请的实施例中，该通信装置可以是上述方法实施例中的终端设备或网络设备，还可以是应用于终端设备或网络设备的模块(如芯片)等。
如图26所示。通信装置2600可以包括：处理单元2602和收发单元2603，还可以包括存储单元2601。通信装置2600用于实现上述方法实施例中终端设备或网络设备的功能。
一种可能的设计中，处理单元2602用于实现相应的处理功能。收发单元2603用于支持通信装置2600与其他网络实体的通信。存储单元2601，用于存储通信装置2600的程序代码和/或数据。可选地，收发单元2603可以包括接收单元和/或发送单元，分别用于执行接收和发送操作。
当通信装置2600用于实现方法实施例中终端设备的功能时：
收发单元2603，用于获取第一指示信息，所述第一指示信息用于指示一个或多个参考信号RS资源集的激活/去激活状态，其中所述一个或多个RS资源集的激活/去激活状态为以下中的任意一项：所述一个或多个RS资源集中，N个RS资源集被激活，除所述N个RS资源集之外的M个RS资源集不被激活；所述一个或多个RS资源集中，N个RS资源集被激活，除所述N个RS资源之外的M个RS资源集被去激活；所述一个或多个RS资源集中，N个RS资源集被去激活，除所述N个RS资源之外的M个RS资源集不被去激活；其中所述一个或多个RS资源集中包括资源类型设置为半持续的RS资源集和/或资源类型设置为非周期的RS资源集，所述N、M为自然数；
处理单元2602，用于根据所述第一指示信息控制RS的传输。
在一种可能的设计中，所述第一指示信息包括第一字段；所述第一字段的比特状态与第二字段或第三字段相关联；或者，所述第一字段的比特状态与第二字段的部分比特或第三字段的部分比特相关联。
在一种可能的设计中，所述第一字段的比特状态属于第一比特状态集合，所述第二字段用于指示一个资源类型设置为半持续的RS资源集的激活/去激活状态；所述第一字段的比特状态属于第二比特状态集合，所述第三字段或第三字段的部分比特用于指示一个或多个资源类型设置为非周期的RS资源集的激活/去激活状态；或，
所述第一字段的比特状态属于第二比特状态集合，所述第三字段或第三字段的部分比特用于指示包括资源类型设置为非周期和资源类型设置为半持续的多个RS资源集的激活/去激活状态。
在一种可能的设计中，所述第一指示信息包括第一字段和第二字段，所述第一字段的比特状态与所述第二字段相关联；所述第一字段用于指示RS资源集组的ID，所述第二字段用于指示所述RS资源集组中的一个或多个RS资源集的激活/去激活状态。
在一种可能的设计中，所述第一指示信息包括第一字段和第二字段，所述第一字段的比特状态与所述第二字段相关联；所述第一字段用于指示端口数量，所述第二字段用于指示一个或多个RS资源集的激活/去激活状态，所述一个或多个RS资源集包含的RS资源均由所述端口数量的RS端口组成。
在一种可能的设计中，所述第一指示信息包括第一字段和第二字段；所述第一字段用于指示资源类型设置为半持续的一个或多个RS资源集的激活/去激活状态；所述第二字段用于指示资源类型设置为非周期的一个或多个RS资源集的激活/去激活状态。
在一种可能的设计中，所述第一指示信息由以下任意一项的媒体接入控制MAC子头确定：逻辑信道标识LCID的码点或索引为50的MAC子头；增强逻辑信道标识eLCID的码点为248且索引为312的MAC子头；LCID的码点大于255和/或索引大于319的MAC子头。
在另一种可能的实施中，收发单元2603，用于获取第一指示信息，所述第一指示信息用于指示一个或多个参考信号RS资源的激活/去激活状态，其中所述一个或多个RS资源的激活/去激活状态为以下中的任意一项：所述一个或多个RS资源中，N个RS资源被激活，除所述N个RS资源之外的M个RS资源不被激活；所述一个或多个RS资源中，N个RS资源被激活，除所述N个RS资源之外的M个RS资源被去激活；所述一个或多个RS资源中，N个RS资源被去激活，除所述N个RS资源之外的M个RS资源不被去激活；所述N、M为自然数；
所述处理单元2602，用于根据所述第一指示信息控制RS的传输。
在一种可能的设计中，所述第一指示信息用于指示一个或多个RS资源中，N个RS资源被激活，除所述N个RS资源之外的M个RS资源不被激活，所述根据所述第一指示信息控制RS的传输，包括：根据所述第一指示信息，在所述N个RS资源上发送RS；或，
所述第一指示信息用于指示一个或多个RS资源中，N个RS资源被激活，除所述N个RS资源之外的M个RS资源被去激活，所述根据所述第一指示信息控制RS的传输，包括：根据所述第一指示信息，在所述N个RS资源上发送RS，停止发送所述M个RS资源对应的RS；或，
所述第一指示信息用于指示一个或多个RS资源中，N个RS资源被去激活，除所述N个RS资源之外的M个RS资源不被去激活，所述根据所述第一指示信息控制RS的传输，包括：停止发送所述N个RS资源对应的RS。
在一种可能的设计中，所述一个或多个RS资源包含在一个RS资源集中，所述一个RS资源集的资源类型设置为半持续；或，所述一个或多个RS资源包含在一个或多个RS资源集中，所述一个或多个RS资源集的资源类型设置为非周期；所述一个或多个RS资源包含在多个RS资源集中，所述多个RS资源集包括资源类型设置为非周期的RS资源集和资源类型设置为半持续的RS资源集。
在一种可能的设计中，所述N个RS资源中的任一RS资源由第一数量的RS端口组成。
在一种可能的设计中，所述第一指示信息中包括L个比特，所述L个比特中的不同比特与所述一个或多个RS资源中的不同RS资源相关联，所述L个比特中的一个比特用于指示与所述比特关联的RS资源的激活/去激活状态，其中，L为正整数。
在一种可能的设计中，所述L个比特与所述一个或多个RS资源的关联关系，根据所述RS资源的RS资源ID和/或所述RS资源所对应的RS资源集ID确定。
在一种可能的设计中，所述L个比特中第i个比特关联的RS资源所对应的RS资源集ID小于第i+1个比特关联的RS资源所对应的RS资源集ID；或，所述L个比特中第i个比特关联的RS资源的RS资源ID小于第i+1个比特关联的RS资源的RS资源ID；其中，1≤i＜L，i为整数。
在一种可能的设计中，所述L个比特中第i个比特关联的RS资源所对应的RS资源集ID大于第i+1个比特关联的RS资源所对应的RS资源集ID；或，所述L个比特中第i个比特关联的RS资源的RS资源ID大于第i+1个比特关联的RS资源的RS资源ID；其中，1≤i＜L，i为整数。
在一种可能的设计中，资源类型设置为半持续的RS资源所在的RS资源集的RS资源集ID小于资源类型设置为非周期的RS资源所在的RS资源集的RS资源集ID。
在一种可能的设计中，所述L个比特中的前O个比特用于指示资源类型设置为半持续的RS资源的激活/去激活状态，后P个比特用于指示资源类型设置为非周期的RS资源的激活/去激活状态，所述O、所述P为自然数。
在一种可能的设计中，所述第一指示信息包括第一字段和第二字段，所述第一字段的比特状态与所述第二字段相关联；所述第一字段用于指示端口数量，所述第二字段用于指示所述一个或多个RS资源集中由所述端口数量的RS端口组成的RS资源的激活/去激活状态。
在一种可能的设计中，所述第一字段中包括M个比特，所述M个比特中的不同比特 与所述一个或多个RS资源集相关联；或者，所述第一字段中包括M个比特，所述M个比特中的不同比特与所述一个或多个RS资源相关联。
在一种可能的设计中，所述第一指示信息由以下任意一项的媒体接入控制MAC子头确定：逻辑信道标识LCID的码点或索引为50的MAC子头；增强逻辑信道标识eLCID的码点为248且索引为312的MAC子头；LCID的码点大于255和/或索引大于319的MAC子头。
当通信装置2600用于实现方法实施例中网络设备的功能时：
处理单元2602，用于生成第一指示信息，所述第一指示信息用于指示一个或多个参考信号RS资源集的激活/去激活状态，其中所述一个或多个RS资源集的激活/去激活状态为以下中的任意一项：所述一个或多个RS资源集中，N个RS资源集被激活，除所述N个RS资源集之外的M个RS资源集不被激活；所述一个或多个RS资源集中，N个RS资源集被激活，除所述N个RS资源之外的M个RS资源集被去激活；所述一个或多个RS资源集中，N个RS资源集被去激活，除所述N个RS资源之外的M个RS资源集不被去激活；其中所述一个或多个RS资源集中包括资源类型设置为半持续的RS资源集和/或资源类型设置为非周期的RS资源集，所述N、M为自然数；
收发单元2603，用于发送所述第一指示信息。
在一种可能的设计中，所述第一指示信息包括第一字段；所述第一字段的比特状态与第二字段或第三字段相关联；或者，所述第一字段的比特状态与第二字段的部分比特或第三字段的部分比特相关联。
在一种可能的设计中，所述第一字段的比特状态属于第一比特状态集合，所述第二字段用于指示一个资源类型设置为半持续的RS资源集的激活/去激活状态；
所述第一字段的比特状态属于第二比特状态集合，所述第三字段或第三字段的部分比特用于指示一个或多个资源类型设置为非周期的RS资源集的激活/去激活状态；或，
所述第一字段的比特状态属于第二比特状态集合，所述第三字段或第三字段的部分比特用于指示包括资源类型设置为非周期和资源类型设置为半持续的多个RS资源集的激活/去激活状态。
在一种可能的设计中，所述第一指示信息包括第一字段和第二字段，所述第一字段的比特状态与所述第二字段相关联；所述第一字段用于指示RS资源集组的ID，所述第二字段用于指示所述RS资源集组中的一个或多个RS资源集的激活/去激活状态。
在一种可能的设计中，所述第一指示信息包括第一字段和第二字段，所述第一字段的比特状态与所述第二字段相关联；所述第一字段用于指示端口数量，所述第二字段用于指示一个或多个RS资源集的激活/去激活状态，所述一个或多个RS资源集包含的RS资源均由所述端口数量的RS端口组成。
在一种可能的设计中，所述第一指示信息包括第一字段和第二字段；所述第一字段用于指示资源类型设置为半持续的一个或多个RS资源集的激活/去激活状态；所述第二字段用于指示资源类型设置为非周期的一个或多个RS资源集的激活/去激活状态。
在一种可能的设计中，所述第一指示信息由以下任意一项的媒体接入控制MAC子头确定：逻辑信道标识LCID的码点或索引为50的MAC子头；增强逻辑信道标识eLCID的码点为248且索引为312的MAC子头；LCID的码点大于255和/或索引大于319的MAC子头。
在另一种可能的实施中，处理单元2602，用于生成第一指示信息，所述第一指示信息用于指示一个或多个参考信号RS资源的激活/去激活状态，其中所述一个或多个RS资源的激活/去激活状态为以下中的任意一项：所述一个或多个RS资源中，N个RS资源被激活，除所述N个RS资源之外的M个RS资源不被激活；所述一个或多个RS资源中，N个RS资源被激活，除所述N个RS资源之外的M个RS资源被去激活；所述一个或多个RS资源中，N个RS资源被去激活，除所述N个RS资源之外的M个RS资源不被去激活；所述N、M为自然数；
收发单元2603，用于发送所述第一指示信息。
在一种可能的设计中，所述一个或多个RS资源包含在一个RS资源集中，所述一个RS资源集的资源类型设置为半持续；或，
所述一个或多个RS资源包含在一个或多个RS资源集中，所述一个或多个RS资源集的资源类型设置为非周期；
所述一个或多个RS资源包含在多个RS资源集中，所述多个RS资源集包括资源类型设置为非周期的RS资源集和资源类型设置为半持续的RS资源集。
在一种可能的设计中，所述N个RS资源中的任一RS资源由第一数量的RS端口组成。
在一种可能的设计中，所述第一指示信息中包括L个比特，所述L个比特中的不同比特与所述一个或多个RS资源中的不同RS资源相关联，所述L个比特中的一个比特用于指示与所述比特关联的RS资源的激活/去激活状态，其中，L为正整数。
在一种可能的设计中，所述L个比特与所述一个或多个RS资源的关联关系，根据所述RS资源的RS资源ID和/或所述RS资源所对应的RS资源集ID确定。
在一种可能的设计中，所述L个比特中第i个比特关联的RS资源所对应的RS资源集ID小于第i+1个比特关联的RS资源所对应的RS资源集ID；或，所述L个比特中第i个比特关联的RS资源的RS资源ID小于第i+1个比特关联的RS资源的RS资源ID；其中，1≤i＜L，i为整数。
在一种可能的设计中，所述L个比特中第i个比特关联的RS资源所对应的RS资源集ID大于第i+1个比特关联的RS资源所对应的RS资源集ID；或，所述L个比特中第i个比特关联的RS资源的RS资源ID大于第i+1个比特关联的RS资源的RS资源ID；其中，1≤i＜L，i为整数。
在一种可能的设计中，资源类型设置为半持续的RS资源所在的RS资源集的RS资源集ID小于资源类型设置为非周期的RS资源所在的RS资源集的RS资源集ID。
在一种可能的设计中，所述L个比特中的前O个比特用于指示资源类型设置为半持续的RS资源的激活/去激活状态，后P个比特用于指示资源类型设置为非周期的RS资源的激活/去激活状态，所述O、所述P为自然数。
在一种可能的设计中，所述第一指示信息包括第一字段和第二字段，所述第一字段的比特状态与所述第二字段相关联；所述第一字段用于指示端口数量，所述第二字段用于指示所述一个或多个RS资源集中由所述端口数量的RS端口组成的RS资源的激活/去激活状态。
在一种可能的设计中，所述第一字段中包括M个比特，所述M个比特中的不同比特与所述一个或多个RS资源集相关联；或者，所述第一字段中包括M个比特，所述M个比特中的不同比特与所述一个或多个RS资源相关联。
在一种可能的设计中，所述第一指示信息由以下任意一项的媒体接入控制MAC子头确定：逻辑信道标识LCID的码点或索引为50的MAC子头；增强逻辑信道标识eLCID的码点为248且索引为312的MAC子头；LCID的码点大于255和/或索引大于319的MAC子头。
有关上述处理单元2602和收发单元2603更详细的描述可以直接参考方法实施例中相关描述直接得到，这里不加赘述。
如图27所示，通信装置2700包括处理器2710和接口电路2720。处理器2710和接口电路2720之间相互耦合。可以理解的是，接口电路2720可以为收发器或输入输出接口。可选的，通信装置2700还可以包括存储器2730，用于存储处理器2710执行的指令或存储处理器2710运行指令所需要的输入数据或存储处理器2710运行指令后产生的数据。
当通信装置2700用于实现上述方法实施例中适用于终端设备或网络设备的通信方法时，处理器2710用于实现上述处理单元2602的功能，接口电路2720用于实现上述收发单元2603的功能。
作为本实施例的另一种形式，提供一种计算机可读存储介质，其上存储有指令，该指令被执行时可以执行上述方法实施例中适用于终端设备或网络设备的通信方法。
作为本实施例的另一种形式，提供一种包含指令的计算机程序产品，该指令被执行时可以执行上述方法实施例中适用于终端设备或网络设备的通信方法。
作为本实施例的另一种形式，提供一种芯片，所述芯片运行时，可以执行上述方法实施例中适用于终端设备或网络设备的通信方法。
本领域内的技术人员应明白，本申请的实施例可提供为方法、系统、或计算机程序产品。因此，本申请可采用完全硬件实施例、完全软件实施例、或结合软件和硬件方面的实施例的形式。而且，本申请可采用在一个或多个其中包含有计算机可用程序代码的计算机可用存储介质(包括但不限于磁盘存储器、CD-ROM、光学存储器等)上实施的计算机程序产品的形式。
本申请是参照根据本申请实施例的方法、设备(系统)、和计算机程序产品的流程图和/或方框图来描述的。应理解可由计算机程序指令实现流程图和/或方框图中的每一流程和/或方框、以及流程图和/或方框图中的流程和/或方框的结合。可提供这些计算机程序指令到通用计算机、专用计算机、嵌入式处理机或其他可编程数据处理设备的处理器以产生一个机器，使得通过计算机或其他可编程数据处理设备的处理器执行的指令产生用于实现在流程图一个流程或多个流程和/或方框图一个方框或多个方框中指定的功能的装置。
这些计算机程序指令也可存储在能引导计算机或其他可编程数据处理设备以特定方式工作的计算机可读存储器中，使得存储在该计算机可读存储器中的指令产生包括指令装置的制造品，该指令装置实现在流程图一个流程或多个流程和/或方框图一个方框或多个方框中指定的功能。
这些计算机程序指令也可装载到计算机或其他可编程数据处理设备上，使得在计算机或其他可编程设备上执行一系列操作步骤以产生计算机实现的处理，从而在计算机或其他可编程设备上执行的指令提供用于实现在流程图一个流程或多个流程和/或方框图一个方框或多个方框中指定的功能的步骤。
尽管已描述了本申请的优选实施例，但本领域内的技术人员一旦得知了基本创造性概 念，则可对这些实施例作出另外的变更和修改。所以，所附权利要求意欲解释为包括优选实施例以及落入本申请范围的所有变更和修改。
显然，本领域的技术人员可以对本申请实施例进行各种改动和变型而不脱离本申请实施例的精神和范围。这样，倘若本申请实施例的这些修改和变型属于本申请权利要求及其等同技术的范围之内，则本申请也意图包含这些改动和变型在内。

Claims (47)

  1. 一种通信方法，其特征在于，包括：
    获取第一指示信息，所述第一指示信息用于指示一个或多个参考信号RS资源集的激活/去激活状态，其中所述一个或多个RS资源集的激活/去激活状态为以下中的任意一项：
    所述一个或多个RS资源集中，N个RS资源集被激活，除所述N个RS资源集之外的M个RS资源集不被激活；
    所述一个或多个RS资源集中，N个RS资源集被激活，除所述N个RS资源之外的M个RS资源集被去激活；
    所述一个或多个RS资源集中，N个RS资源集被去激活，除所述N个RS资源之外的M个RS资源集不被去激活；
    其中所述一个或多个RS资源集中包括资源类型设置为半持续的RS资源集和/或资源类型设置为非周期的RS资源集，所述N、M为自然数；
    根据所述第一指示信息控制RS的传输。
  2. 如权利要求1所述的方法，其特征在于，所述第一指示信息包括第一字段；
    所述第一字段的比特状态与第二字段或第三字段相关联；或者，
    所述第一字段的比特状态与第二字段的部分比特或第三字段的部分比特相关联。
  3. 如权利要求2所述的方法，其特征在于，所述第一字段的比特状态属于第一比特状态集合，所述第二字段用于指示一个资源类型设置为半持续的RS资源集的激活/去激活状态；所述第一字段的比特状态属于第二比特状态集合，所述第三字段或第三字段的部分比特用于指示一个或多个资源类型设置为非周期的RS资源集的激活/去激活状态；或，
    所述第一字段的比特状态属于第二比特状态集合，所述第三字段或第三字段的部分比特用于指示包括资源类型设置为非周期和资源类型设置为半持续的多个RS资源集的激活/去激活状态。
  4. 如权利要求1所述的方法，其特征在于，所述第一指示信息包括第一字段和第二字段，所述第一字段的比特状态与所述第二字段相关联；
    所述第一字段用于指示RS资源集组的ID，所述第二字段用于指示所述RS资源集组中的一个或多个RS资源集的激活/去激活状态。
  5. 如权利要求1所述的方法，其特征在于，所述第一指示信息包括第一字段和第二字段，所述第一字段的比特状态与所述第二字段相关联；
    所述第一字段用于指示端口数量，所述第二字段用于指示一个或多个RS资源集的激活/去激活状态，所述一个或多个RS资源集包含的RS资源均由所述端口数量的RS端口组成。
  6. 如权利要求1所述的方法，其特征在于，所述第一指示信息包括第一字段和第二字段；
    所述第一字段用于指示资源类型设置为半持续的一个或多个RS资源集的激活/去激活状态；
    所述第二字段用于指示资源类型设置为非周期的一个或多个RS资源集的激活/去激活状态。
  7. 如权利要求1-6中任一项所述的方法，其特征在于，所述第一指示信息由以下任意 一项的媒体接入控制MAC子头确定：
    逻辑信道标识LCID的码点或索引为50的MAC子头；
    增强逻辑信道标识eLCID的码点为248且索引为312的MAC子头；
    LCID的码点大于255和/或索引大于319的MAC子头。
  8. 一种通信方法，其特征在于，包括：
    获取第一指示信息，所述第一指示信息用于指示一个或多个参考信号RS资源的激活/去激活状态，其中所述一个或多个RS资源的激活/去激活状态为以下中的任意一项：
    所述一个或多个RS资源中，N个RS资源被激活，除所述N个RS资源之外的M个RS资源不被激活；
    所述一个或多个RS资源中，N个RS资源被激活，除所述N个RS资源之外的M个RS资源被去激活；
    所述一个或多个RS资源中，N个RS资源被去激活，除所述N个RS资源之外的M个RS资源不被去激活；所述N、M为自然数；
    根据所述第一指示信息控制RS的传输。
  9. 如权利要求8所述的方法，其特征在于，
    所述第一指示信息用于指示一个或多个RS资源中，N个RS资源被激活，除所述N个RS资源之外的M个RS资源不被激活，所述根据所述第一指示信息控制RS的传输，包括：
    根据所述第一指示信息，在所述N个RS资源上发送RS；或，
    所述第一指示信息用于指示一个或多个RS资源中，N个RS资源被激活，除所述N个RS资源之外的M个RS资源被去激活，所述根据所述第一指示信息控制RS的传输，包括：
    根据所述第一指示信息，在所述N个RS资源上发送RS，停止发送所述M个RS资源对应的RS；或，
    所述第一指示信息用于指示一个或多个RS资源中，N个RS资源被去激活，除所述N个RS资源之外的M个RS资源不被去激活，所述根据所述第一指示信息控制RS的传输，包括：
    停止发送所述N个RS资源对应的RS。
  10. 如权利要求8或9所述的方法，其特征在于，所述一个或多个RS资源包含在一个RS资源集中，所述一个RS资源集的资源类型设置为半持续；或，
    所述一个或多个RS资源包含在一个或多个RS资源集中，所述一个或多个RS资源集的资源类型设置为非周期；
    所述一个或多个RS资源包含在多个RS资源集中，所述多个RS资源集包括资源类型设置为非周期的RS资源集和资源类型设置为半持续的RS资源集。
  11. 如权利要求8-10中任一项所述的方法，其特征在于，所述N个RS资源中的任一RS资源由第一数量的RS端口组成。
  12. 如权利要求8-11中任一项所述的方法，其特征在于，所述第一指示信息中包括L个比特，所述L个比特中的不同比特与所述一个或多个RS资源中的不同RS资源相关联，所述L个比特中的一个比特用于指示与所述比特关联的RS资源的激活/去激活状态，其中，L为正整数。
  13. 如权利要求12所述的方法，其特征在于，所述L个比特与所述一个或多个RS资源的关联关系，根据所述RS资源的RS资源ID和/或所述RS资源所对应的RS资源集ID确定。
  14. 如权利要求13所述的方法，其特征在于，所述L个比特中第i个比特关联的RS资源所对应的RS资源集ID小于第i+1个比特关联的RS资源所对应的RS资源集ID；或，
    所述L个比特中第i个比特关联的RS资源的RS资源ID小于第i+1个比特关联的RS资源的RS资源ID；
    其中，1≤i＜L，i为整数。
  15. 如权利要求13所述的方法，其特征在于，所述L个比特中第i个比特关联的RS资源所对应的RS资源集ID大于第i+1个比特关联的RS资源所对应的RS资源集ID；或，
    所述L个比特中第i个比特关联的RS资源的RS资源ID大于第i+1个比特关联的RS资源的RS资源ID；
    其中，1≤i＜L，i为整数。
  16. 如权利要求12-15中任一项所述的方法，其特征在于，资源类型设置为半持续的RS资源所在的RS资源集的RS资源集ID小于资源类型设置为非周期的RS资源所在的RS资源集的RS资源集ID。
  17. 如权利要求12-15中任一项所述的方法，其特征在于，所述L个比特中的前O个比特用于指示资源类型设置为半持续的RS资源的激活/去激活状态，后P个比特用于指示资源类型设置为非周期的RS资源的激活/去激活状态，所述O、所述P为自然数。
  18. 如权利要求8-11中任一项所述的方法，其特征在于，所述第一指示信息包括第一字段和第二字段，所述第一字段的比特状态与所述第二字段相关联；
    所述第一字段用于指示端口数量，所述第二字段用于指示所述一个或多个RS资源集中由所述端口数量的RS端口组成的RS资源的激活/去激活状态。
  19. 如权利要求18所述的方法，其特征在于，所述第一字段中包括M个比特，所述M个比特中的不同比特与所述一个或多个RS资源集相关联；或者，
    所述第一字段中包括M个比特，所述M个比特中的不同比特与所述一个或多个RS资源相关联。
  20. 如权利要求8-19中任一项所述的方法，其特征在于，所述第一指示信息由以下任意一项的媒体接入控制MAC子头确定：
    逻辑信道标识LCID的码点或索引为50的MAC子头；
    增强逻辑信道标识eLCID的码点为248且索引为312的MAC子头；
    LCID的码点大于255和/或索引大于319的MAC子头。
  21. 一种通信方法，其特征在于，包括：
    生成第一指示信息，所述第一指示信息用于指示一个或多个参考信号RS资源集的激活/去激活状态，其中所述一个或多个RS资源集的激活/去激活状态为以下中的任意一项：
    所述一个或多个RS资源集中，N个RS资源集被激活，除所述N个RS资源集之外的M个RS资源集不被激活；
    所述一个或多个RS资源集中，N个RS资源集被激活，除所述N个RS资源之外的M个RS资源集被去激活；
    所述一个或多个RS资源集中，N个RS资源集被去激活，除所述N个RS资源之外的 M个RS资源集不被去激活；
    其中所述一个或多个RS资源集中包括资源类型设置为半持续的RS资源集和/或资源类型设置为非周期的RS资源集，所述N、M为自然数；
    发送所述第一指示信息。
  22. 如权利要求21所述的方法，其特征在于，所述第一指示信息包括第一字段；
    所述第一字段的比特状态与第二字段或第三字段相关联；或者，
    所述第一字段的比特状态与第二字段的部分比特或第三字段的部分比特相关联。
  23. 如权利要求22所述的方法，其特征在于，所述第一字段的比特状态属于第一比特状态集合，所述第二字段用于指示一个资源类型设置为半持续的RS资源集的激活/去激活状态；
    所述第一字段的比特状态属于第二比特状态集合，所述第三字段或第三字段的部分比特用于指示一个或多个资源类型设置为非周期的RS资源集的激活/去激活状态；或，
    所述第一字段的比特状态属于第二比特状态集合，所述第三字段或第三字段的部分比特用于指示包括资源类型设置为非周期和资源类型设置为半持续的多个RS资源集的激活/去激活状态。
  24. 如权利要求21所述的方法，其特征在于，所述第一指示信息包括第一字段和第二字段，所述第一字段的比特状态与所述第二字段相关联；
    所述第一字段用于指示RS资源集组的ID，所述第二字段用于指示所述RS资源集组中的一个或多个RS资源集的激活/去激活状态。
  25. 如权利要求21所述的方法，其特征在于，所述第一指示信息包括第一字段和第二字段，所述第一字段的比特状态与所述第二字段相关联；
    所述第一字段用于指示端口数量，所述第二字段用于指示一个或多个RS资源集的激活/去激活状态，所述一个或多个RS资源集包含的RS资源均由所述端口数量的RS端口组成。
  26. 如权利要求21所述的方法，其特征在于，所述第一指示信息包括第一字段和第二字段；
    所述第一字段用于指示资源类型设置为半持续的一个或多个RS资源集的激活/去激活状态；
    所述第二字段用于指示资源类型设置为非周期的一个或多个RS资源集的激活/去激活状态。
  27. 如权利要求21-26中任一项所述的方法，其特征在于，所述第一指示信息由以下任意一项的媒体接入控制MAC子头确定：
    逻辑信道标识LCID的码点或索引为50的MAC子头；
    增强逻辑信道标识eLCID的码点为248且索引为312的MAC子头；
    LCID的码点大于255和/或索引大于319的MAC子头。
  28. 一种通信方法，其特征在于，包括：
    生成第一指示信息，所述第一指示信息用于指示一个或多个参考信号RS资源的激活/去激活状态，其中所述一个或多个RS资源的激活/去激活状态为以下中的任意一项：
    所述一个或多个RS资源中，N个RS资源被激活，除所述N个RS资源之外的M个RS资源不被激活；
    所述一个或多个RS资源中，N个RS资源被激活，除所述N个RS资源之外的M个RS资源被去激活；
    所述一个或多个RS资源中，N个RS资源被去激活，除所述N个RS资源之外的M个RS资源不被去激活；所述N、M为自然数；
    发送所述第一指示信息。
  29. 如权利要求28所述的方法，其特征在于，所述一个或多个RS资源包含在一个RS资源集中，所述一个RS资源集的资源类型设置为半持续；或，
    所述一个或多个RS资源包含在一个或多个RS资源集中，所述一个或多个RS资源集的资源类型设置为非周期；
    所述一个或多个RS资源包含在多个RS资源集中，所述多个RS资源集包括资源类型设置为非周期的RS资源集和资源类型设置为半持续的RS资源集。
  30. 如权利要求28或29所述的方法，其特征在于，所述N个RS资源中的任一RS资源由第一数量的RS端口组成。
  31. 如权利要求28-30中任一项所述的方法，其特征在于，所述第一指示信息中包括L个比特，所述L个比特中的不同比特与所述一个或多个RS资源中的不同RS资源相关联，所述L个比特中的一个比特用于指示与所述比特关联的RS资源的激活/去激活状态，其中，L为正整数。
  32. 如权利要求31所述的方法，其特征在于，所述L个比特与所述一个或多个RS资源的关联关系，根据所述RS资源的RS资源ID和/或所述RS资源所对应的RS资源集ID确定。
  33. 如权利要求32所述的方法，其特征在于，所述L个比特中第i个比特关联的RS资源所对应的RS资源集ID小于第i+1个比特关联的RS资源所对应的RS资源集ID；或，
    所述L个比特中第i个比特关联的RS资源的RS资源ID小于第i+1个比特关联的RS资源的RS资源ID；
    其中，1≤i＜L，i为整数。
  34. 如权利要求32所述的方法，其特征在于，所述L个比特中第i个比特关联的RS资源所对应的RS资源集ID大于第i+1个比特关联的RS资源所对应的RS资源集ID；或，
    所述L个比特中第i个比特关联的RS资源的RS资源ID大于第i+1个比特关联的RS资源的RS资源ID；
    其中，1≤i＜L，i为整数。
  35. 如权利要求31-34中任一项所述的方法，其特征在于，资源类型设置为半持续的RS资源所在的RS资源集的RS资源集ID小于资源类型设置为非周期的RS资源所在的RS资源集的RS资源集ID。
  36. 如权利要求31-34中任一项所述的方法，其特征在于，所述L个比特中的前O个比特用于指示资源类型设置为半持续的RS资源的激活/去激活状态，后P个比特用于指示资源类型设置为非周期的RS资源的激活/去激活状态，所述O、所述P为自然数。
  37. 如权利要求28-30中任一项所述的方法，其特征在于，所述第一指示信息包括第一字段和第二字段，所述第一字段的比特状态与所述第二字段相关联；
    所述第一字段用于指示端口数量，所述第二字段用于指示所述一个或多个RS资源集中由所述端口数量的RS端口组成的RS资源的激活/去激活状态。
  38. 如权利要求37所述的方法，其特征在于，所述第一字段中包括M个比特，所述M个比特中的不同比特与所述一个或多个RS资源集相关联；或者，
    所述第一字段中包括M个比特，所述M个比特中的不同比特与所述一个或多个RS资源相关联。
  39. 如权利要求28-38中任一项所述的方法，其特征在于，所述第一指示信息由以下任意一项的媒体接入控制MAC子头确定：
    逻辑信道标识LCID的码点或索引为50的MAC子头；
    增强逻辑信道标识eLCID的码点为248且索引为312的MAC子头；
    LCID的码点大于255和/或索引大于319的MAC子头。
  40. 一种通信装置，其特征在于，包括用于执行如权利要求1-7中任一项所述方法的模块，或执行如权利要求8-20中任一项所述方法的模块。
  41. 一种通信装置，其特征在于，包括用于执行如权利要求21-27中任一项所述方法的模块，或执行如权利要求28-39中任一项所述方法的模块。
  42. 一种通信装置，其特征在于，包括处理器，所述处理器用于执行如权利要求1-7中任一项所述的方法，或执行如权利要求8-20中任一项所述的方法。
  43. 一种通信装置，其特征在于，包括处理器，所述处理器用于执行如权利要求21-27中任一项所述的方法，或执行如权利要求28-39中任一项所述的方法。
  44. 一种计算机程序产品，其特征在于，包括程序代码，当所述程序代码被执行，使得如权利要求1-7中任一项所述的方法被实现，或如权利要求8-20中任一项所述的方法被实现。
  45. 一种计算机程序产品，其特征在于，包括程序代码，当所述程序代码被执行，使得如权利要求21-27中任一项所述的方法被实现，或如权利要求28-39中任一项所述的方法被实现。
  46. 一种计算机可读存储介质，其特征在于，所述存储介质中存储有计算机程序或指令，当所述计算机程序或指令被通信装置执行时，实现如权利要求1-7中任一项所述的方法，或实现如权利要求8-20中任一项所述的方法。
  47. 一种计算机可读存储介质，其特征在于，所述存储介质中存储有计算机程序或指令，当所述计算机程序或指令被通信装置执行时，实现如权利要求21-27中任一项所述的方法，或实现如权利要求28-39中任一项所述的方法。
PCT/CN2022/110026 2021-08-06 2022-08-03 一种通信方法及装置 WO2023011543A1 (zh)

Applications Claiming Priority (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
CN202110903435.7A CN115707119A (zh) 2021-08-06 2021-08-06 一种通信方法及装置
CN202110903435.7 2021-08-06

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2023011543A1 true WO2023011543A1 (zh) 2023-02-09

Family

ID=85154852

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/CN2022/110026 WO2023011543A1 (zh) 2021-08-06 2022-08-03 一种通信方法及装置

Country Status (2)

Country Link
CN (1) CN115707119A (zh)
WO (1) WO2023011543A1 (zh)

Citations (7)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN109923828A (zh) * 2017-05-01 2019-06-21 Lg 电子株式会社 无线通信系统中终端的探测方法和用于所述探测方法的装置
US20190223161A1 (en) * 2018-01-12 2019-07-18 Telefonaktiebolaget Lm Ericsson (Publ) Signaling in rrc and mac for pdsch resource mapping for periodic and semipersistent reference signal assumptions
CN110035503A (zh) * 2018-01-11 2019-07-19 维沃移动通信有限公司 资源状态的配置方法、激活或去激活方法、基站及终端
CN111989870A (zh) * 2018-04-20 2020-11-24 瑞典爱立信有限公司 用于半永久探测参考信号（sp-srs）资源的跨载波空间关系指示
WO2021087912A1 (zh) * 2019-11-07 2021-05-14 Oppo广东移动通信有限公司 激活或去激活探测信号资源的方法和装置
US20210242991A1 (en) * 2020-02-04 2021-08-05 Qualcomm Incorporated Using medium access control control elements to schedule semi-persistent sounding reference signals for positioning
WO2021189246A1 (en) * 2020-03-24 2021-09-30 Qualcomm Incorporated Medium access control (mac) control element based srs resource configuration

Patent Citations (7)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN109923828A (zh) * 2017-05-01 2019-06-21 Lg 电子株式会社 无线通信系统中终端的探测方法和用于所述探测方法的装置
CN110035503A (zh) * 2018-01-11 2019-07-19 维沃移动通信有限公司 资源状态的配置方法、激活或去激活方法、基站及终端
US20190223161A1 (en) * 2018-01-12 2019-07-18 Telefonaktiebolaget Lm Ericsson (Publ) Signaling in rrc and mac for pdsch resource mapping for periodic and semipersistent reference signal assumptions
CN111989870A (zh) * 2018-04-20 2020-11-24 瑞典爱立信有限公司 用于半永久探测参考信号（sp-srs）资源的跨载波空间关系指示
WO2021087912A1 (zh) * 2019-11-07 2021-05-14 Oppo广东移动通信有限公司 激活或去激活探测信号资源的方法和装置
US20210242991A1 (en) * 2020-02-04 2021-08-05 Qualcomm Incorporated Using medium access control control elements to schedule semi-persistent sounding reference signals for positioning
WO2021189246A1 (en) * 2020-03-24 2021-09-30 Qualcomm Incorporated Medium access control (mac) control element based srs resource configuration

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
CN115707119A (zh) 2023-02-17

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
RU2745419C1 (ru) Адаптивная антенная решетка с переменной когерентностью
WO2019170089A1 (zh) 信息传输的方法、装置和通信节点
CN114451043A (zh) 数据传输的方法和装置
WO2020134944A1 (zh) 干扰测量的方法和通信装置
CN113383499A (zh) 用于多传输点/多面板物理下行链路共享信道传输的媒体接入控制（mac）控制元素信令
CN112672378B (zh) 资源测量的方法和装置
WO2018202098A1 (zh) 无线通信的方法、网络设备和终端设备
JP2023514126A (ja) 複数の関連付けられたｎｚｐ ｃｓｉ－ｒｓを用いた非コードブックベースのマルチｔｒｐ ｐｕｓｃｈの信頼性
US20230198601A1 (en) Method and device for transmitting or receiving signal on basis of space parameter in wireless communication system
US11362715B2 (en) Method and device for setting reference signal in wireless communication system
CN115211050B (zh) 一种数据传输方法和装置
CN111866959B (zh) 波束失败上报的方法和装置
JP2023526813A (ja) 複数のｔｒｐにわたる単一のｃｏｒｅｓｅｔに基づいたｐｄｃｃｈのダイバーシティ
WO2022022517A1 (zh) 确定传输功率的方法及装置
WO2020057375A1 (zh) 一种资源配置方法及通信装置
WO2020238991A1 (zh) 一种状态信息发送、接收方法及装置
CN112351451A (zh) 波束失败恢复方法及装置
WO2022082775A1 (zh) 一种信道状态信息上报方法及装置
US11937267B2 (en) Method and device for dynamically indicating spatial parameters in wireless communication system
WO2018202041A1 (zh) 信息发送的方法及其装置和信息接收的方法及其装置
WO2020192719A1 (zh) 更新波束的方法与通信装置
WO2021062836A1 (zh) 功率调整方法及装置
WO2023011543A1 (zh) 一种通信方法及装置
WO2021259374A1 (zh) 一种波束指示方法及通信装置
WO2024108943A1 (en) Methods and devices for determining ue aggregation transmission

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 22852255

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1

NENP Non-entry into the national phase

Ref country code: DE

122 Ep: pct application non-entry in european phase

Ref document number: 22852255

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1